Marked for Death: A Rational Naruto Quest (STORY ONLY)

Chapter 397: Striking Out

Having only encountered archery as a hunting practice in Isan and the civilian villages he'd visited as a missing-nin, Hazō had been unaware that there were some older ninja clans that practiced it as a form of moving meditation. Today, Ami was apparently training her throwing skills at an Uchiha dojo designed specifically for kyudo and shuriken practice, an elongated indoor space known informally as the Bow-Ring Alley.

She was not, however, throwing shuriken. As Hazō stepped into the building, he was just in time to see a large black ball leave her right hand with lightning speed. There was a clatter as it knocked over several sets of training gear stacked up next to the far wall.

As Hazō opened his mouth to ask Ami about the contents of the day's training, the ball hit the wall—and instantly changed direction. Ami's hand lashed out as the blur of motion came near to striking her in the throat. She grabbed the ball, spun with its momentum, and threw it full-strength at the nearest wall, the impact cracking the wood.

The ball collapsed to the floor, resolving itself into the shape of a stunned black feline a little larger than a housecat.

"C'mon, Sammy," Ami chided, "you can't just keep going for the jugular. It's predictable. Try the Achilles tendon, or the hamstring. Humans only have two legs, so if you take one out, they're all yours to play with as you like."

"Sammy?" Hazō asked, greeting forgotten.

"Oh, Hazō." Ami waved without taking her eyes off the feline. "Meet Jūchi Yosamu, Keiko's pet monstrosity. Do me a favour and stay at the other end of the dojo, would you? You can probably take him, Iron Nerve and all, but I could be wrong and then Keiko would be sad."

Hazō stayed where he was.

The cat(?)—it just had to be another cat(?), didn't it?—rose to his feet, crouched, then transformed into a black streak barely within the limits of Hazō's kinetic vision, once again heading straight for Ami.

This time, she pivoted to throw him straight up, the impact against the ceiling sending dust and splinters raining down around her. But as Yosamu fell, he had just enough presence of mind to grab onto one of the ceiling beams and pull himself to safety. From there, he began to stalk her with the slow patience of a young predator learning its lesson about full frontal assault.

"Isn't he adorable?"

Hazō chose to suspend judgement.

"Ami, why are you beating up Keiko's birthday present?"

"It's an important stage in his development," Ami explained. "The Inuzuka say I already smell a bit like Keiko, and today I smell a lot like Keiko, and he needs to learn to associate that smell with absolute dominance. Also, he gets to practice hunting ninja without the actual consequences of killing someone, and I get a rare opportunity to practice fighting a chakra beast that'll kill me if I let my guard down.

"Sorry our training's overrun. He's been a bit friskier than I expected. Still, he's only a kitten(?), so it should be—"

Yosamu pounced. Ami sidestepped, thrusting her hand out as she went, and guided him into a meteoritic headfirst crash into the dojo floor.

"—time for his nap now."

Ami picked up Yosamu, who appeared to be unconscious, by the scruff of his neck, and deposited him in a familiar metal box, around which she wrapped several layers of chains.

"So what can I do for you, Hazō?"

"Mostly," Hazō said, "I wanted to tell you I'm sorry."

Ami shrugged. "You mean the soup thing? Nah, I'm over it. I mean, I'm pretty disappointed in Mari, violence being the last refuge of the incompetent and all, but as power plays go, it doesn't break any rules. For reference, though? Assault on a guest in your home under formal flag of truce? I'm not the type to get hung up on honour, but If I were an enemy, I could ruin you with that. I know you're functionally commonborn, but lesson for the future: laws of truce and hospitality are among the few things every ninja clan has respected ever since the Warring Clans era. Intimidation, manipulation, and especially seduction are a given—I've turned diplomats before and it's delicious—but if you can't guarantee a negotiator's safety, that means you're not open to negotiation, and that means you're a rabid dog that gets put down by the clans who do talk to each other and all stand to benefit from getting rid of an enemy that can't be reasoned with."

"No," Hazō said after a moment to soak in an angle on the meeting that he had to admit hadn't occurred to him. "That's not what I was going to apologise for. Ami, I think there were certain things you were hoping for from me. You were hoping that I'd be a certain kind of person. But I'm not, and I don't think I can be, and I am sorry for that."

"You don't have to apologise for that, Hazō," Ami said, but without her customary jauntiness. She took a few steps back to lean against the wall next to the box. "People resign sometimes, when they decide they're in over their head. It sucks, but it's better than having them break themselves trying to keep up."

Over his head? That was never what this had been about. It wasn't that Hazō couldn't keep up with her—maybe he couldn't, but that was a completely separate question—it was that her actions had been unacceptable, and if they were going to develop a positive, healthy relationship, she needed to understand that she'd picked the wrong way of relating to him.

"I'm not sure what you mean," Hazō said. "What have I resigned from?"

Ami blinked. "Our game. You did understand you were resigning, right?"

"I don't remember doing any such thing," Hazō said, puzzled. "I think there must've been some kind of miscommunication."

"We had a game," Ami said, "you and me. Then you decided to step back and have Mari play for you. That's resignation. You swapped out the Ami-Hazō game for an Ami-Mari game which I have no particular interest in playing."

"I'm right here, Ami," Hazō replied. "I asked Mari for advice in managing a conflict. That's all. If you've somehow interpreted that as, I don't know, cutting ties with you, then you've got it all wrong."

"Let's not do that, Hazō," Ami said. "Mari didn't give you tips; she played for you. And as soon as you get someone else to fight your battles for you, that's not the same relationship anymore, is it? I mean, think about it. If I felt Mari had crossed the line and now I was the injured party, should I have brought in Naruto to deal with her in my place? Or the KEI? Or the Mizukage, who doesn't have the capital to let a second Gōketsu assault on a Mist representative go unavenged? That's not the kind of game I want to play, and it's not the kind of game I thought you wanted to play either."

"I don't want to play games at all," Hazō said. "That isn't what I've been trying to do. Maybe that's what the miscommunication here is. I wasn't deploying Mari against you. I wasn't performing some kind of manoeuvre. I was just looking for the best way to handle a conflict."

"Games are a constant of human interaction," Ami countered. "This is an inescapable fact of life. And while other models are viable, they are a less effective and practically applicable means of interpreting human relationships. Although generally unstable, there are at all times victory conditions, rules, and an undeniable element of challenge. The mutually beneficial relationship between Mori Ami and Gōketsu Hazō is a game you commenced, and a game you ended."

"I didn't intend to end anything." Hazō stayed calm. He'd taken time to think about this, and he understood that Ami hadn't arrived at her warped perspective by accident. It must have taken a lot of isolation, the kind of isolation brilliant people were doomed to if they weren't as lucky as he was, to leave her unable to understand that family simply did not interact that way. Keiko had sealed herself away as a means of dealing with a social world that didn't understand her. Ami had turned her abilities into a weapon with which to control it, but that control had never stopped being another form of defence.

Yes, she'd hurt him, and explanations weren't excuses, but she must have been hurt in turn when instead of responding to her intentions he'd chosen to retaliate at full power. As far as he was concerned, that scale was balanced now. In the end, the Gōketsu were already a clan of socially-maladjusted misfits, with a place in the world carved out to compensate for a handful of places that were gone, hostile, or changed by time into something unrecognisable, or that had always been too complicated for simple labels. Ami would fit right in… if she wanted to. If she wanted to change.

"This conflict wasn't part of a mutually beneficial relationship," Hazō went on. "How could it have been? It was just an interruption, and it's been dealt with. We've both acknowledged that, and if you feel you want forgiveness after what happened, I'm happy to offer it. That's all."

Ami glanced at the metal box, as if to make sure Yosamu hadn't learned to walk through solid matter and escaped. Hazō's chakra beast lore wasn't enough to know whether that was a legitimate concern.

"Not part of a mutually beneficial relationship?" she asked. "Why would I seek to trigger those responses in you if not as a part of a mutually beneficial relationship?"

"Why would you?" he asked. "I did wonder. You can't tell me you wanted this to happen."

"You sure you're prepared to sacrifice your shot at my secret stash of Mist candy?"

Hazō rolled his eyes. "Ami."

"Right. Clan head. You can probably just have it imported. The Akane thing was the biggest. Hazō, if it does happen, and it might, then you'll be hearing from her first, not me, and in that moment she will need total, absolute support and reassurance. If you just stand there looking stunned the way you did, if you flail or panic, that could hurt her in all sorts of real and lasting ways. That reaction's out of the way now, and you've had time to think and prepare."

"It was too much," Hazō said quietly. "Too cruel. There must have been a hundred better ways."

"Depends what you optimise for," Ami said. "Same with refusing to leave. It was a situation you were going to run into sooner or later, with the kind of enemies you love making, and you handled it well, in the end. When an actual hostile jōnin tests your authority, you're going to be a lot more ready."

"Ami, if I needed that kind of training, I could have just asked," Hazō pointed out, still patient. They'd dealt with it. It was over.

"There's no training like the real thing," Ami said, brushing him off. "You know it wouldn't have worked if you thought it was a friendly test. Also, it made you angry enough to guarantee you'd train with Snowflake instead of being able to go back to work. And just generally, it told me a lot of important things I needed to know about you."

Hazō sighed. "And that brings us all the way back round, Ami. I'm not that person. I don't want my feelings sacrificed in exchange for efficient communication. I'm sorry if I got your hopes up."

"Yeah," she said. "I get that now. My likeliest projection was that you'd cool down a bit and then come talk to me, and explain in detail all the ways I'd hurt you, like I didn't know, and why that was wrong, and then you'd try to set down ground rules to stop the same thing happening again, and that conversation could go in any one of dozens of useful directions. Also, if you took me seriously about the Akane thing, which I really didn't think you would, I figured that was when you'd tell me not to do it. I overestimated you enormously and I own that. Mori get taught early on that it's useless to blame reality for not matching your projections."

She fell silent. Slowly, she slid down the wall until she was sitting on the floor next to Yosamu's box. She put a hand on it.

"For what it's worth…" she said quietly, "for what it's worth, I'm sorry. I got too excited and asked for more from you than you could give. I'll find someone else to play with."

She stood, raising the box with her.

"Let's take you home, Sammy."

She began to walk past Hazō, towards the exit.

"Like I said before," Hazō said. "You have my forgiveness, if you want it."

Ami didn't stop.

"Sorry, Hazō," she said. "I need to head back now."

"Ami," Hazō said before she could leave, "the transitive property's still in place. What that means is up to you… but the Gōketsu are willing if you are."

Ami nodded in acknowledgment, but didn't slow down.

"For now, friends again?" Hazō called out, not pursuing, as she neared the door.

At this, she turned briefly, and gave him a small smile that could have meant anything.

Then Hazō was alone in the Bow-Ring Alley, not sure (as always with Ami) whether he'd dropped the ball or played a perfect game.

-o-​

You have received 3 + 1 + 1 = 5 XP.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 19th of December, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 398: Getting On With It

"Just your personal account, My Lord? Let me see..." The clerk flipped through the massive tome that was the Gōketsu Clan Bank's main ledger, ran his finger down a page. "As of this morning you have 237,318 ryō, My Lord. That includes your signing bonus with the clan, weekly stiped, and the various missions you've done."

Haru frowned, trying to digest the numbers. He didn't really have a frame of reference...back when he was merely Yamamoto Haru, clanless genin, he had thought in terms of a bowl of ramen, a new shirt, occasionally an explosive tag if he was going on a dangerous mission. And, of course, the rent. Gōketsu Haru, on the other hand, had no rent, paid nothing for food, could have as many clothes as he wanted just by walking over to the quartermaster—or even send someone to the quartermaster if he didn't feel like walking! What did money even mean for a clan ninja?

"I'll take it," he said.

The clerk paused. "Excuse me, My Lord...you want to withdraw all your money, right now?"

"Yes."

"My Lord..." The clerk swallowed, looking nervous. Haru's suspicions tingled.

"Is there a problem?" Haru asked calmly, letting just a trace of frost into the words.

"No, My Lord. Give me a few minutes, please. It's a lot to gather. Ryō are heavy, and bulky. It's why we use the scrip."

"I brought storage seals. Let's go."

o-o-o-o​

"Good morning, My Lord! What brings you out today?"

"Morning, Munetoki. You know I've said to just call me Haru, right?"

"Yes, My Lord."

Haru sighed. "Look. I'm clanless—I was clanless. I got adopted in. I'm not comfortable with the bowing and scraping."

Munetoki was a weedy teen, barely into adolescence, with mud brown hair and a placid face. His only distinguishing characteristic was his lack of distinguishing characteristics, and the fact that he seemed to enjoy guard duty. He often volunteered to stand watch on the wall, preferring the side farthest from Leaf and therefore farthest from all the other people. Haru had once asked why and gotten an embarrassed shrug and 'I like the quiet'. Haru had nodded; he also enjoyed the quiet and lack of people making demands.

"As you say, My Lord."

Haru sighed. He could probably make the kid stop doing it if he was willing to get angry, but that wasn't something Haru would do to a fourteen-year-old civilian.

"Fine, whatever. Look, I'm out for a few hours. If anyone needs me, I'm going to Tall Rock. It's a village about twenty miles northeast."

"Yes, My Lord." Munetoki hesitated. "If you have a moment, My Lord...any news? I heard that Lord Hazō was going to lunch with the pigfuckers today."

Haru raised an eyebrow. "The 'pigfuckers'?"

"Yes, My Lord. Those worthless Hagoromo bastards who insulted Lady Nara. Everyone knows they fuck pigs."

"The Hokage ordered us to stand down. The Gōketsu being a loyal and obedient clan have of course done so and in no way are we going to take action against the Hagoromo in future. The Hokage also ordered Hazō to teach sealing to one of their brats. It's supposed to be some sort of forced interaction so that we all learn to love one another and hold hands or some such stupidity." He snorted in disdain and saw matched reactions from the civilian. "Anyway, he took lunch there in compliance with orders and ran the brat's lessons for the day over food. He also talked to Lord Pigfucker about myths or something." He grinned, liking the new epithet. Haru wasn't entirely sure how he felt about Keiko, but one thing was certain: If someone insulted your family to the degree the Hagoromo had, you were obligated to wipe them from the earth unless they grovelled for forgiveness. The Hokage's order chafed.

"Myths, My Lord?"

"Yeah, he mentioned it over breakfast. He was planning to pitch it as wanting to learn more about the Will of Fire since Pigfucker is the head priest and therefore the best one to teach it. Total bullshit. He's actually looking to learn about the Sage of the Six Paths. He's got some new bee in his bonnet about resurrection. Won't shut up about it." Also wouldn't do anything about it, but you didn't criticize your Clan Head, even to a civilian member of your clan. Still, had proof been needed that Hazō was an airheaded dreamer who had lucked into fortune, this would be it: Big talk, no movement, just like all his projects. (Well, in fairness, the storage seal was a good idea that was actually making a difference, and Hazō had followed through on that one. Granted, 'following through' had amounted to issuing orders for other people to do things.) Regardless, Hazō lack of action was the purpose of today's trip that had been hung up by this conversation.

"Did he learn anything, My Lord?"

Haru snorted. "Came back with a head full of myths and legends. Don't know if that counts, but whatever. Anyway, I need to go or I'll be back in the dark. See you."

"Safe travels, My Lord."

o-o-o-o​

When Haru arrived at the small farming village, he took care to walk on the road, moving slowly and non-threateningly. The first farmers to see him still dropped their hoes and ran for the village. A ninja headband had that effect on many farmers.

By the time he entered the village proper, the population was assembled and waiting, bowed in full dogeza with the village headman in front, also face down in the dust.

The village was, as he had told Munetoki, small. Tiny, even. Fewer than two dozen houses and perhaps eighty souls. The population was old for a farming village; this close to Leaf, most of the young ones with any ambition had gone to the city. The only ones who stayed were those too tied to the land or too shiftless to go.

"How may we serve you, My Lord?" The headman asked, not raising his head.

"First of all, get up. All of you. Please."

There was a pause and then they looked up to check that he was serious. He gestured to reinforce the order and after a few seconds they all obeyed.

"This is for you," Haru said, taking out the first storage seal and holding it upside down as he activated it. A massive leather bag fell out, hitting the ground with a hefty clink. More storage seals were opened and more bags of ryō hit the ground.

No one moved.

"My Lord?" the headman asked.

"This money is for you. All of you. Take it." He waved uncomfortably towards the sacks. He hadn't expected this degree of hesitation.

"My Lord...?"

"Look, I'm Gōketsu Haru. The Gōketsu have this uplift project where we try to make life better for people, including civilians." He gestured towards the money. "So...here. Uplift accomplished, I guess."

"My Lord...you're giving us this money?"

"Yeah." Why was this hard?

"All of this money is for us?"

"Yeah."

The headman seemed very confused. "This money, which is yours...you want us to take it?"

"Yeah."

"I don't understand."

"Look, this isn't hard. This is my money. I am giving it to you. It's here, in front of you, and I'm going to leave it here."

"But...why? What do you want us to do with it?"

"I dunno. Buy stuff? Maybe hire ninja to kill critters or plow the fields or something? There's this whole category of missions called till'n'fills. You pay a few ryō, a ninja will show up to use jutsu for you. Raise up stone walls, use explosives to stump the fields, that kind of thing."

"You're giving us the money so that we can hire ninja?"

"Sure, I guess. Or whatever."

"My Lord...wouldn't it be simpler just to send the ninja?"

"Look, I don't care what you do with it. Hire ninja, buy pots or tools or whatever you need. It's money. You figure it out."

The headman exchanged baffled look with some of the villagers. "My Lord...but..."

"Look, I'm done here. You've got the money, you'll think of something." He turned to go.

"My Lord, please!"

He turned back with a sigh. "What?"

"If the Daimyo's men think we held back this much from the tax, we'll be executed."

Haru gritted his teeth. "Fine, here." He whipped a parchment and lap desk out of another storage seal. (Being in the clan of sealmasters took some getting used to but it sure had its conveniences.) He sat down crosslegged and scrawled a quick note on the parchment, then sealed everything up again and blew gently on the ink to dry it.

"Show this to anyone from the Daimyo," he said, offering the parchment to the headman. "It says that I'm Gōketsu Haru, I gave this money to you to do with as you like, it is not to be taxed, and that you're under my protection. They can tax your harvest and the normal stuff, but the cash isn't to be taxed." A term came to mind and he grinned. "Under my authority as a ninja in good standing of a Voting Clan of Leaf, I am infesting—no, investing in this village. I am supplying the...whatever it's called, cap-something...the money, and I've hired you as my agent to spend it. If anyone harms you, or forces you to do anything, or tries to take the money, have them talk to me first. Gōketsu Haru."

The headman looked even more baffled. "But, My Lord...I know nothing of 'investing' or whatever you said. How can I do a job I don't know?"

"Look, it's just a thing to say, okay? To keep people off your back. Just buy stuff that makes life here better. Tools, food, animals, ninja missions, whatever. I don't care. Now, I need to get back before it gets dark. So long."

He turned and set off homeward at ninja speed, not waiting for more pointless questions.

o-o-o-o​

"Hazō! How are you?"

Hazō looked up as his host entered the tea room. His chest caught for just a moment; Ino was always beautiful, but apparently he had interrupted her in the bath. Her hair was still damp and wavy from being vigorously toweled. She wore barely a trace of cosmetics and had on a simple, understated silk kimono instead of the more elaborate clothes she normally wore. Not only did the lack of artifice make her even more beautiful, but the trust she was extending by sharing this less-than-perfect moment was astounding. 'Clothes are armor' then-sensei Mari had often said. Clothes, and cosmetics, and all the other elements of one's presentation. Leaving the armor off was...something.

She knelt seiza opposite him, the narrow tea table between them, and leaned forward to boop his nose. "Oi! Earth to Hazō! What's going on?"

He laughed. "Sorry. You look nice."

She mimed a fancy bow. "Why thank you, kind sir. Now, answer the darn question. Green or black?"

"Wait, now you've asked three questions. Which one was I supposed to answer?"

She mock-glared at him as she poured the tea. "Green it is then. Smartasses don't get choices." She set the two cups equidistant between them on the table and allowed him to select the one he wanted before taking the other. "Seriously, I wasn't expecting a visit this late in the afternoon. Is there a problem?"

"No, no problem." He took a sip of the tea and ducked his head in appreciation. "I'm on my way back from lunch with Hagoromo. Asuma tasked me with teaching sealing to one of their kids, which I'm doing. He—Asuma, not the kid—also wants me to spend time on their estate so that we get to know one another. He thinks that will help heal the rift."

Ino gave a delicate snort. "I'm sure that will happen any day now."

"Why, Ino," Hazō said, his voice the model of mock innocence, "you seem as though you doubt the Gōketsu's obedience to the Hokage. He has ordered us to stop all hostility towards the Hagoromo. We are a loyal clan of the Leaf and the Will of Fire, so we have complied in full."

"Right. Of course. My mistake." She sipped her own tea. "Learn anything?"

"Aside from the layout of their gardens and half of their manor, plus the faces of what I'm reasonably confident are all their ninja, and the type of training equipment they use which implies a great deal about how they fight? Lots. We talked about Fire Country mythology and legends, with a lot of focus on the Sage of Six Paths."

"Did you now?"

"We did."

"And did those stories provide you with a wealth of detail that will allow you to bring back the dead starting tomorrow?"

"They did not. They were enjoyable—I'll give him this much, he's a good storyteller—but there was nothing actionable in there that I could see."

"Pity. I was so eager to see you overturn the natural order and raise up your grand utopia. I had cleared my schedule for tomorrow and everything."

"Yeah, well, I'm afraid I've had to push it back to Thursday."

She laughed. "Good to know."

Hazō chuckled along with her, then sobered. "Joking aside, part of why I came was to be with someone who isn't such a creep but I don't have to be Clan Head for, you know?"

For just a moment her smile rang false. She rummaged a handkerchief out of her belt and pulled her hair over her shoulder so she could dry it a bit more. "Yeah, I can understand that," she said after a moment. "I wasn't ready to be a Clan Head quite this early either." She studiously didn't meet his eyes.

Hazō winced. "I'm sorry."

She shrugged one shoulder, still not looking...and then she took a breath and faced him again, her wicked smile once more in place. "Well, as long as I am, I've decided to be drunk with power. I've been buying all the clothes, and eating expensive sweets until I don't want any more." She gestured dismissively. "Sure, it makes the treasurer nuts but he can cope and deal. Fussy old man."

"Heh. Well, I'm sure he deserves it. Anyway, I wanted to know if you had thought of anything you wanted help with that I could do?"

"Actually, yes."

Huh. Cool, he hadn't actually expected that offer to pay off.

"The Yamanaka Stability Jutsu that we contributed to the contest. You know it?"

"Sure. I've been using it myself. I feel like it's been helping. I think, anyway."

"It's slow, yes. That's actually part of why we released it—there's a school of thought that it doesn't actually do anything."

"...What?"

"It's been a debate in the Ino-Shika-Chō for years. Yamanaka ninja do tend to be calmer and more emotionally stable than many other ninja, but how much of that is the jutsu and how much of it is simply the fact that our clan models those sorts of behavior so we all grow up with it?"

Uncertainty went through him. He did feel like it was helping, but the progress was so slow that maybe it was an illusion?

"I mean...it does use chakra," he said.

"Sure, but maybe it's just burning the chakra for no effect. It's like when you chakra boost while sitting still."

"That still has an effect. Your muscles are still stronger and faster even if you aren't engaging them."

She shrugged. "Look, take it up with Shika. He's got this whole raft of things he likes to argue on this subject, and I'm sick of it. Definitions of reality, identity, blah blah blah."

Hazō smiled. "Actually, I'll do that. I've currently got three Shadow Clones over there going through the Nara Public Library gathering books related to the Sage and this weird poem that Cannai gave me. I'm going to go pick the books up and then look for details on areas with high chakra concentration, like the Swamp of Death."

One pale eyebrow rose. "Why?"

Hazō gave her his best sly grin. "Hey, a guy's gotta keep a little mystery, right? Or so the local expert tells me."

"You're not nearly as funny as you think you are," she said. The laugh gave the lie to her attempt at a harsh tone.

"Hey, I am exactly as funny as I think I am!"

"Oh? How funny is that, exactly?"

"Um...well..."

"Pro tip: Be able to follow up on your clichés."

"Bah."

"Anyway, going back to the actual point: Yes, there's a thing you can help with. Releasing the Yamanaka Stability Jutsu was partially to help Leaf but also to do..." She frowned, clearly trying to remember something. When she spoke, her cadence was that of her teammate. "A large-scale experimental protocol intended to gather actionable data for optimizing future action." She shrugged and smiled. "Anyway, you can help out by really pushing it. You've been seen to be interested, but it would be great if you could make it a major project. Instruct all your ninja to learn it, inspire people outside your clan to do so, blah blah blah. I'd do it myself but if the clan of mindwalkers is seen to be pushing a mental jutsu then people would just get worried."

"Sure. I'll tell Gaku to issue the order to the ninja on the Gōketsu estate and Mari to figure out how to spread the word." Something occurred to him. "Wait...it really is just a stability jutsu, right?"

"Pinky promise, cross my heart," she said, making the appropriate gestures. "Nothing but what it seems. The goal is to help Leaf become better able to handle ninja life, but we need to know if it actually works or if it's just Tanaka's tabi."

"Tanaka's tabi? What?"

"You don't know that story? It's about a street kid who wants to be a ninja but doesn't make it into the Academy. He finds a pair of worn-out and blood-stained tabi in the Academy's trash heap and decides they're magical, imbued with the power of the ninja who wore them before, and the power of the blood that was spilled on them. He wears them constantly and trains hard until he develops a chakra system strong enough to ninja with and becomes a mighty hero. He loses the tabi and loses his power until his sensei convinces him that the power was inside him all along and the tabi were nothing but a mental crutch to inspire him to do the necessary work."

"Interesting! And what happens after that?"

"You've seriously never heard this story? It's, like, the most famous bedtime story in Leaf."

He gave her a Look.

"Right, right, okay." She shifted to get more comfortable and took a thoughtful sip of her tea. "Here's how my nana always told it:

"Now listen, little one, to the second tale of clever Tanaka, the beggar ninja. After he gained his power he questioned, wondering what his path should be after his dreams were achieved. And so he found a new dream: A dream of clan, of wife and family. He approached the Hyūga first, but they spurned him and spat on him. He approached the Uchiha second, but they laughed him into the street. He approached the Yamanaka third, and wise Ginji saw the spirit in him. He told Tanaka that he was powerful, and driven, and had all the bravery and physical prowess one could want, but he was reckless and overbold—this is the part where I always asked why being bold was a bad thing and she told me to hush and lie still and sleep." She chuckled and took a sip of her tea before picking up the thread again. "Brave and overbold, so he must prove himself capable of the restraint, focus, and decisive action that are the essence of the Yamanaka. He set Tanaka three mighty tasks..."




Author's Note: This update covers 6 days. You spent the first day doing the things described above and the second day sketching up a preliminary design for the Strobelight seal. You decided that it wasn't terribly difficult so you did research rolls on the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th days without bothering to spend prep time. Your rolls, net of dice et al, were:
  • 36
  • 30
  • 33
  • 42
The completion of the seal is currently awaiting discussion with @Velorien. I'll edit it in here and announce it once it's determined. (EDIT: PSA: The Strobelight seals are complete! They are one-use. They provide an Aspect, 'Blinding Flash' and a tag.)

(EDIT: There's no way to directly determine if a place has high chakra concentration, but you found 2 areas with high concentrations of chakra beasts similar to the Swamp of Death. Details TBD when you decide to act on the information.)

XP AWARD: 12

Brevity XP: 6

"GM had fun" XP: 0

It is now the morning of the 7th day.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, December 23, 2020, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Interlude: Instances of Two Individuals Spending a Day Together in Order to Facilitate Greater Mutual Knowledge and Familiarity, Arranged in Anticipation of a Potential Long-Term Relationship, Part 2
Interlude: Instances of Two Individuals Spending a Day Together in Order to Facilitate Greater Mutual Knowledge and Familiarity, Arranged in Anticipation of a Potential Long-Term Relationship, Part 2

The Nara compound was no friend to the light of day (which woke people up against their will and then had the gall to demand productivity), but in the evenings it was a thing of understated perfection. The carefully-planned layout (almost as good as the Mori compound's, though regrettably with fewer fractal shapes) encouraged cool breezes on warm nights, and while ordinarily one's home was a place to enjoy a lack of other people, there was something soothing about the quiet murmur of a dozen intellectual discussions taking place over two dozen cups of tea, somewhere out of sight but not out of reach. Besides, Snowflake rarely experienced the compound at night, and every time was a memory to treasure.

"She's cute," Snowflake declared, shifting to be more comfortable on top of Tenten's bed. "Kinda shy, but you know, let she who is comfortable with strangers cast the first shuriken."

It was at Kei's request that Snowflake unswallowed the dictionary when they were alone. The agony of having to repeatedly hear their own voice, sometimes four ways at once, could not be salved so easily, but, as with Kei's attempts to steer Hazō away from annihilating the Gōketsu, Leaf, or the planet as a whole, even the illusion of difference was better than nothing.

"Is she worth the time?" Kei asked. We already hunger for more time to spend with Tenten, and it is an exercise in frustration to live on the next floor down from our best friend and speak only professionally for days at a time due to the exigencies of KEI and clan business. Our family bonds fray as we fail to find opportunities to visit the Gōketsu compound, and though we have little interest in taijutsu practice with Shiori, to refuse her every time cannot be good for our relationship.

"Not to go all nepotism…" Snowflake replied. But we are bad at delegating, and if Tachibana is competent and invested in the KEI—which is likely, since why else would she be interested in you?—then being able to share work with someone we know and trust would free up time for relationships all round.

The more time Snowflake and Kei spent together, as people rather than training partners, the more they realised that communication between them didn't have to follow normal rules. Snowflake already knew all of Kei's thoughts and conclusions; Kei at minimum knew everything Snowflake had experienced since her birth, and as recent memory at that. As such, they were allowed to simply skip to the parts that mattered.

The barrier was the phantasmal layer, a term coined by Moonlight (who had been assigned abstract creativity). Kei could read the sensory data of Snowflake's memories with little difficulty—she could see through past Snowflake's eyes, and hear through her ears, as if the memories were her own. But Snowflake's thoughts and feelings were unique to her, and when the incompletely human Keiko tried to remember the complete one's inner workings, she found them blurry, not absent but not quite real, a mirage recorded by a slightly different set of senses.

Snowflake, conversely, had perfect access, except to those points in time when Kei was actively using the Frozen Skein. Those were not even blurred but opaque within the phantasmal layer—they belonged to a domain into which ordinary humans such as Snowflake (hilarious, no?) could not and must not trespass. Snowflake was glad not to know the Mori Voice, the predator every Mori knew to be their final end (for when death came for them and their loved ones, who would not dive into the ice one last time to seek a way to save them?). She had more mixed feelings about the crystalline clarity that Kei revered and she could never touch, but in the end she would sacrifice it a thousand times over for the miracle of undistorted agency.

Kei nodded in acknowledgment of her point.

"I like the way she handled herself at the café," Snowflake said, shoving aside the meditation on her nature for which this was not the time. "No scene, no pointless murder."

"Well…" Kei said doubtfully. The murder would hardly have been pointless.

"You know we'd feel guilty," Snowflake countered. "Civilian lives have intrinsic value now. Man, Hazō sucks."

"Appalling," Kei agreed. "My second most troublesome sibling."

Snowflake rolled her eyes.

They more they spoke, the more they understood that calling each other siblings was just a game. They overlapped. They were not forced to rely on body language, or tone of voice, or any of the other layers of communication that supposedly came naturally to human beings. They could predict each other from first principles by asking, "What would I think?" and then applying corrections for presence or absence of Frozen Skein (a skill in itself, to be sure, since neither was physically capable of thinking like the other, but trivial compared to the gargantuan task of understanding other people). The creeping divergence of Snowflake's personality increased the challenge, but their growing ability to feel, by means of contrast, the gaps in Snowflake's nature and the chains on Kei's helped compensate. They were completely alien to each other in some ways and indistinguishable in others.

Who else could understand not only what the other thought, not only what the other was, but why? Of everyone in the world, only Snowflake could grant Kei absolution, and only from her could she receive it. They had not dared step into those deep waters yet, but the possibility was there, always waiting.

Again, she was wasting time. She was here for a reason, a reason she was enjoying, and introspection could be saved for breaks during training (it was more efficient with her parallel selves helping anyway).

"Asking her about writing was a bold move," Snowflake told Kei. "Can you imagine if she'd seen through you?"

"Unlikely," Kei said. "I was circumspect. Though I will need to exercise care should I choose to invite her on another instance of two individuals spending a day together in order to facilitate greater mutual knowledge and familiarity, arranged in anticipation of a potential long-term relationship."

"She says as if she hasn't already made up her mind," Snowflake said with a raised eyebrow.

"I might have reconsidered within the last fifteen minutes!" Kei objected.

"You and what new data?"

A beautiful night wore on.

-o-​

Kei yawned. "Apologies, Snowflake, but I should turn in for the night. You will also need me to be well-rested for tomorrow."

It was too soon. Without question, too soon. How often could Kei sacrifice her training to allow them to spend an evening simply together, simply as two people enjoying each other's company? Even if it was selfish, Snowflake did not want to stop basking in this pool of light and return to non-existence.

"Hey," she said, "With Tenten being away and all…"

"I am too tired," Kei said awkwardly (because they were so pathetic that, never mind Tenten, they were capable of being embarrassed in front of each other). "Another time."

"Then…" Snowflake urgently sat up on the bed. "How about a game? Focused Dominance, maybe?"

Kei frowned. Snowflake waited for her, hoping she would take the time, hoping she would model Snowflake, and understand, because some things were still too difficult to say out loud.

"I lack the cognitive resources," Kei said after a second, and Snowflake slumped in disappointment.

"Unless it were something simpler, such as Agoraphobia," Kei added mischievously.

Snowflake gave her an "I am perfectly aware of what you just did, and am in no way impressed" look, and took immediate revenge.

"Bagsy forces of darkness!"

"'Bagsy' is not a recognised… Oh, fine. You procure snacks; I will retrieve our copy from Shiori."

One of these days, if Kei did not stop messing with her, Snowflake would make it publicly known that Kei occasionally spent entire nights playing with herself, and let the chips fall where they may.

-o-​

Today was a special day for Snowflake and the bounded infinity she represented. Granted, she was not exactly Lady Nara Keiko, and therefore not the target of the love confession. Granted, Kei had less given it to her and more surrendered it with the admission that she herself might not survive the experience (whereas Snowflake's trauma would be blunted for Kei by the phantasmal layer). Even so, it was a data point of self-definition that Snowflake would not have refused for anything in the world.

Today would be Snowflake's very first date.

"Hey, Lady Nara. Sorry to keep ya waiting!" Tachibana Minori, their other unexpected suitor, jogged up to her, waving with far too much energy for this, no, for any time of day.

They would not reject a sincere appeal out of hand. That had been their decision. Even now, with twin perspectives, they lacked self-knowledge. Kei had loved Mari, and even she was aware in retrospect that if by some miracle or curse that had turned into a relationship, it would have brought nothing but disaster to all involved. They loved Tenten, yet still did not understand why that relationship worked (or rather, it worked because Tenten was perfect, but this did not clarify the mechanisms involved). What authority did they have to judge in advance whether a given partner would be suitable?

Besides, to slap away an outstretched hand because its owner had failed to properly present themselves, to break someone's heart on an assumption… it seemed too sad. Too cruel.

"I only just arrived myself," Snowflake said. The literature clearly specified that she was not to admit that she had spent ten minutes of her precious existence waiting, and who was she to doubt a body of knowledge that had led Kei's first date to blissful success?

It would be a lie to say Snowflake didn't feel apprehensive. Whatever hidden depths Tachibana might possess, the energy emanating from her in waves was unlikely to be a façade. In the back of her mind, she had a ghastly vision of dating Akane, except that at least Akane had proved herself in extreme circumstances, both as a comrade and as...

As what? Kei could not accept the words Akane had offered her in the aftermath of her and Snowflake's confrontation. Neither of them could understand them. They were an offer, no, a promise, no, a statement of love and acceptance far beyond Kei and Snowflake's frame of reference, and while Akane was frequently delusional, she did not lie. Kei had come out of that conversation shaken, and she was shaken still, and now both of them were afraid to look at Akane too closely in case what they saw blinded them.

"I suppose I should clarify," she said before any misunderstandings could perpetuate themselves. "I am not exactly Nara Keiko."

"Oh," Tachibana said. "Did she send a shadow clone? Because I saw you guys at the party, and that was so cool, I mean, not Uzumaki Naruto blue-and-orange legion cool, but on the other hand, Uzumaki Naruto's not a hot girl, so I think we can agree I've got the better end of the deal here."

Snowflake's relationship with Kei had made their formerly simple feelings about their appearance very complicated. Even so, it would be the height of presumption, as well as a waste of Kei's thoroughly-cultivated ice theme, to declare herself a hot girl. Tachibana, on the other hand… A not inconsiderable part of Snowflake's motivation for today was that Tachibana was gorgeous. That flaming red hair. That alluring grin. Those perfect curves. If Kei and Snowflake had been both able and willing to pursue a purely physical relationship (they were neither), Tachibana would have been the candidate of a lifetime.

Kei, of course, would not in a thousand years have admitted an interest in ogling attractive women for its own sake, so it was just as well that Snowflake did not need her to. Instead, Snowflake had gone into her first date in the knowledge that, in the worst-case scenario, she was making a noble sacrifice for the sake of both of them (as well as all the parallel selves who would benefit from the memory in the future).

"Not quite," Snowflake said. "For complicated bloodline reasons, I am in fact my own person. I realise that strictly speaking makes me not the recipient of your letter, but I share most of her experiences and far too many of her personality traits, and I requested to be the one to spend time with you today. If that is not acceptable to you…"

Tachibana tilted her head slightly. "Not a shadow clone?"

"Yes, a shadow clone. Except insofar as I am not. My name is Snowflake." So many Shadow Clone Technique users in Leaf, and Snowflake had to be born the divergent self of one with the social skills of a walnut.

Tachibana took a second to think about this.

"So do I still call you Lady Nara?"

Snowflake did not have an answer to the question. In principle, a shadow clone inherited their creator's social status. After all, it took dōjutsu or prodigious powers of reading body language to tell the difference (one could tell a competent shinobi by the way they did not present openings even before friends or loved ones; still, only a shadow clone knew that a single misstep would be the end). Besides, no Leaf native would dare risk insulting a shinobi powerful enough to create shadow clones. But for her to also be Lady Nara was a statement of identity she was not yet prepared to make. She shared Kei's preferences for the most part, if only because her own were a work in progress, but she had never chosen to bind herself to the Nara, even less than Kei had, and it felt like a diminishment of her self to commit to retroactively marrying Shikamaru just because.

On the other hand, she had never been adopted a Gōketsu either, and where Kei had earned that place by forging unbreakable bonds, hers were still paper-thin.

As for the Mori, they would probably burn her at the stake for the atrocious crime of being possible (conditional immortality notwithstanding).

Snowflake supposed she would never be allowed to marry into a clan, or for that matter out of one, even if the gay marriage master plan succeeded (or she found a man she loved; in the long run, Snowflake had no intention of accepting any part of Kei's self-identification blindly). Perhaps she could choose a family name of her own, or would that be meaningless, like a civilian (suicidally) wearing a forehead protector? Your clan name was what gave weight to your existence; even KEI shinobi, whose names served as eternal reminders of their shallow roots, held to them without question. One whose intermittent existence was devoid of weight could hardly arrogate it by an act of will.

Yet to be known only by her personal name, without the gradations of intimacy available to ordinary people, seemed like a betrayal of the freedom she had been granted compared to her enslaved counterparts.

"Yes," she decided with an inner sigh, "Lady Nara." The problem would not be solved today, and there was no call to make Tachibana pay for Snowflake's existential awkwardness.

"Gotcha," Tachibana said. "So, hey, thanks so much for giving me a chance, I mean, I'm not really sure what it means that you're not the Lady Nara, but if you're even half as awesome as her, that's already way out of my league, so it's not like I can complain, and besides, worst comes to worst, you can give me a good review, right?"

"We share memories," Snowflake said, then realised what she had said. "Please do not repeat this to anyone else, for your own safety." They never did get that remedial OPSEC training.

Tachibana gave her the confused look of a woman who had been trusted with an important secret seemingly at random, followed promptly by a serious nod.

Snowflake pressed on quickly. "Do you have a plan for what we should do today, or would you prefer to follow ours?"

"Funny story," Tachibana said, "for some bizarre reason, we had a perfectly good unused date itinerary lying around at home, which I figured I might bring along even though some of the stuff on there is very much Yuri stuff we might want to skip today, but it's not like I haven't been up all night being excited about today anyway so I do have some ideas, and how do you feel about Tanzaku Gai?"

"Ah." Snowflake would have loved to see Tanzaku Gai with her own eyes, but neither her lifespan nor her tether range permitted such luxury. "Perhaps something closer to home?"

"All right," Tachibana adjusted instantly, "time for me to show off my expert knowledge as Leaf-born and -bred and think of some cool sights a Leaf newbie like you won't find on her own, not that I'm saying the second most Nara person in existence can't read a map or go buy a tourist guide or something, so actually maybe I'd better try and come up with some off-the-map stuff to show you, except that kinda sounds like I want to lure you into some dark alley and take advantage of you, which I'm not saying I—wait, can we pretend I never said any of this and just stopped at the giving suggestions part?"

Snowflake was already tuning Tachibana out as her misgivings began to come true. Was she truly about to spend precious hours of independent existence with this rambling rip current of energy? Did she have no other people she could spend this time with? Kei and Shikamaru would be busy, and Tenten was out slaying ferns, but there were the Gōketsu, if she could persuade Kei to briefly move her business to the village outskirts, and Ami was always there for—

Her thoughts ground to a screeching halt. No, please. Not now. She would take Tachibana, a thousand Tachibanas, to undo that stray thought.

Too late. One second's error, and she was drowning in darkness, in a world that had no more sun and never would. In the punishment that was her granted wish. In the abyss of Naraka where the daily reset of her mental state was a cruel mercy, restoring innocence only so that some trigger to the memory could bring about another fall.

She envied Kei the possibility of death ever hovering around the edges of her mind, the knowledge that there was an ultimate escape, that her back would never be against the wall. Snowflake could not die. Snowflake's only escape from a human-lifetime of this would be to kill Kei, a possibility barred by something even stronger than the Second Hokage's safeguards.

There was a secret buried in the phantasmal layer that she hoped Kei would never discover. Kei was incapable of loving herself. Snowflake had inherited that trait in full. But among the complex, self-contradicting, nigh-indecipherable tangle that was their feelings for each other, one thing was clear. Snowflake loved the girl who gave her life, who had forgiven—for real—that first meeting in which Snowflake had hurt her more than almost anyone ever had or could, who, for all her frustration that an agency she'd prayed for had been given to someone else, had simply not had the thought of using Snowflake as a tool after she said she wanted to become a person. She should have hated Kei, the originator of everything about Snowflake that was broken, the source of the self-hatred that defined both their lives. She didn't know why she did not. Instead, this love that was too intimate to be romantic, too passionate to be familial, and too focused to be platonic was the one thing about Snowflake that was beautiful, and a secret she could not confess.

Kei could not love her like that. She was creator, not creation. And the other, who had given them both everything, Kei's own creator in all but flesh, could not love Snowflake at all.

"Lady Nara? Lady Nara?"

The thoughts swirled in circles, in spirals, a self-constructed endless trap. There was no way out for her. Even self-destruction would only bring a day's reprieve. Kei had offered to abandon the technique, and with it the promise of distant godhood. She did not understand how special that made her. Snowflake had refused, because Kei had to live, beyond the wars on the horizon, so she could find true happiness—even if it was too late for Snowflake herself.

"Lady Nara? Ah, crap, I know that look, that is not a good look, that is a flashback look and Sage's ashes I am so so sorry for whatever I said or did to trigger it. Uh, Lady Nara, OK, I don't exactly know if you can hear me, but try and listen to me if you can, not that I can tell you to cheer up or anything because nine times out of ten people who say that should be punched in the face, but if you can maybe pay attention to me and not what's inside your head, that might help. Also breathing, that's important, I mean, that's a dumb thing to say, but slow, deep breaths would be good, and, uh, come on, Minori, think, it's not like you've never seen this before, wait, OK, idea, so Lady Nara, I'm going to take your hand now so please don't kill me with your chūnin summoner village hero powers—"

Suddenly, Snowflake snapped into awareness, just in time to snatch away her hand. Killer instinct spiked.

Tachibana paled. "Sorry, Lady Nara, seriously, so sorry, and again, please don't kill me, that would definitely be a bad idea for both of us, I mean, you'd probably get away with it because you're super important and I'm just a name on a list, but I would be dead and Yuri would be sad and I really don't want either of those things to happen... but you actually responded, so that's good, right?"

"No, I am the one who must apologise," Snowflake said. Unlike Kei, she did have legitimate reasons to fear another's careless touch, but that did not give her the right to place her feelings above other people's. "Mere minutes in, I have ruined the date. I think it would be best for both of us if I removed myself from existence now."

Tachibana's eyes widened. "Nonono. No removing. Seriously no removing. Sorry to be so forward, but you are coming with me now, hand or no hand, and you'll probably kill me anyway for taking you to the worst dating spot in the history of ever, but I'm dumb and it's the best thing I can think of right now, so please don't kill me until we're there."

"I am not going to kill you," Snowflake said wearily. "I am saving threats of horrible death for my brother by metaphysical extension, since it appears to be a natural and healthy part of his sibling relationships."

-o-​

"I am beginning to reconsider my stance," Snowflake muttered.

"Welcome to the Yabai Café," the waiter told them with the broad smile of a man who had deduced that he was facing an already-stressed shinobi and therefore his life might depend on a flawless performance (Leaf civilians really were better at this sort of thing).

"Tachibana, why?" Snowflake asked, a small corner of her mind wondering if her date had decided that it would be an act of mercy to put her out of her misery.

"Because," Tachibana said triumphantly," there is no way lunch at the Yabai Café is going to remind you of anything you've done in your life, even eating, especially eating, and with what it takes to eat this stuff, you will so not have the brain space for suicidal thoughts or whatever, so two house specials, please, extra frisky!"

"It appears you have miscalculated," Snowflake replied. "Eating at the Yabai Café will remind me of eating at the Yabai Café, surely as traumatic a memory as this continent has to offer."

Tachibana stared. "You've been here what, a year, and you already know about the Yabai Café? Serves me right for underestimating the Lady Nara, or a the Lady Nara or however this works, and also I'm glad you're up to making jokes now and that was good and I promise I'd be laughing if I wasn't still sort of panicking right now, and, uh, do you have a favourite dish?"

"Not personally," Snowflake said, "but I recommend the water. I understand it is provided by an external supplier."

That did earn a laugh from Tachibana.

"So I can stay with you for a while, I mean I want that in any case because that is kinda the point of a date, and I did leave today free because I didn't know how long we'd be out, but I will have to go home eventually because I have a mission tomorrow. I guess you could come with… except wait, no, Yuri would off herself if you saw the flat the way it is right now, and I'm dumb because you're clan and you've got like a hundred people to stick with you at home, but I'm still gonna walk you to the compound when we're done and fill them in if that's all right with you, because removing yourself is bad and I am not taking any chances."

"Oh." Tachibana's strange behaviour suddenly began to make (some) sense. "Tachibana, I am, physically at least, a shadow clone. Removing myself from existence is both temporary and harmless, and I will be fine the next day or whenever Kei chooses to reinstantiate me."

Tachibana sagged in her seat. "And it doesn't hurt?"

"Not if it is intentional."

"And it won't be bad for the other Lady Nara?"

Snowflake hesitated.

"No more so than the natural cessation I will in any case undergo in a couple of hours."

"Oh. Oh, good. I feel like the dumbest idiot in the history of the world now, but that is so very good."

"I apologise for worrying you. Please do not be upset—it is natural for a genin to be unaware of shadow clone mechanics."

"Are you kidding?!" Tachibana exclaimed. "I'm not upset, I've just found out that I didn't nearly drive my hero slash role model slash potential girlfriend and I can't believe I just said that out loud kill me now to commit suicide on our first date! I'm so happy I could eat a Yabai Café house special! Which I guess is just as well."

"Oh," Snowflake said again. But she had to ask, and not only to take her mind off the incoming meal. "Tachibana... It is not that I do not appreciate your efforts just now, quite the opposite, but... why would you go so far for me when we have only just met?"

"Uh." Tachibana gave her a blank look. "Basic human decency? I mean, I'm glad I misunderstood, but even in Mist, in fact especially in Mist, there must've been ninja who offed themselves because they couldn't take any more of being a ninja, that can't just be a Leaf thing, right? And I can't do much, but you see something broken, you fix it, isn't that the lesson you and Lord Gōketsu have been trying to teach everyone, and maybe I'm not good at that and I sure as hell don't know how to fix someone suicidal, but if I'm the kind of person who just walks away then maybe the world would be better off if I was the one who was dead.

"Actually," she said after a second, "the flashbacks are still a thing, aren't they, and even if you're not suicidal those can and will get you killed if you get one in the middle of a fight, and again, I'm just a random girl who can't even make udon broth without oversalting it, never mind heal people's hearts, but if there's anything you want to talk about, maybe I could listen?"

Snowflake looked at her. What Tachibana called basic human decency sounded to her like kindness, which was not at all basic, nor a trait characteristic of humans.

"I have lost someone," she said heavily. "There is nothing more to it than that." There was, of course there was, but how could Snowflake hope to convey the wonder of Ami to someone who knew her only from a distance, or the place she had occupied in Snowflake's heart that was now forever hollow? How could she even try to put words to it without being overwhelmed?

Tachibana nodded. "That's fine, but I really do think you need to talk to someone, even if it's not this stranger who you only just met because she confessed her feelings for you out of nowhere and, let's be honest, there is no way I come across as mature and responsible, that's Yuri's thing and I'm just basically flailing, but if you don't do something you really might die so please find someone you trust to talk to, and maybe get yourself taken off the mission roster for a while if that's not an insulting thing to say to Keiko the Dauntless, or actually, maybe even if it is, because the KEI needs you and we need you and can we pretend I didn't say that and move on to the part where I babble about random crap to take your mind off your problems including the fact that the house special is here?"

Suddenly, Snowflake realised she was afraid. Not of the house special—well, maybe a little, but conditional immortality did have its perks—but of Tachibana Minori. Kindness was frightening. Kindness burned. Kei had acclimatised herself to some extent, having been gradually bullied into accepting unconditional love by those precious to her. Snowflake, young, fragile, subsisting on borrowed bonds, had no defence against the power that had unwarped her original's soul almost beyond recognition in two short years.

She was on her feet before she knew it. "Forgive me, Tachibana, but I must cut our meeting short. I… truly appreciate your concern, and my memories will surely constitute a glowing review. Waiter, kindly send the bill for both meals to Nara Keiko."

"But aren't you Nara—"

And then there was only the peace of oblivion… for a little while.

-o-​

Happy Snowflake's Birthday (and other festivals)!

Voting is open, and closes on Saturday 26th of December, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Chapter 399: Glasses and Headaches
Chapter 399: Glasses and Headaches

"Good morning, Gaku."

"Good morning, My Lord. I have your briefing prepared."

Hazō leaned back, putting his feet up on the desk and letting his head tip back dramatically. "Uggggh. Why did I ever agree to take this job?"

"I believe it was due to your strong sense of duty, My Lord."

"Sure, but why me? Keiko's smarter. Why couldn't she have duty?"

"I have no personal knowledge, sir, although I have heard her remark on multiple occasions that her bloodline would interfere with her ability to lead. Also, she married out of the clan."

"Noburi, then. He's smart...ish. And people like him."

"People like you, My Lord."

"Yeah, but not like Noburi. He comes swanning in, all the girls fall all over him, the guys are all like 'hey, bro' and he's like 'hey'. I come in, they start unconsciously checking their weapons and eyeing the exits."

"I wouldn't know about that, sir."

"They do!"

"As you say, sir."

"Why do they do that, Gaku? Seriously, am I such a bad guy? Sure, a tiny bit of treason here, a few near-executions there...water under the bridge, right? I was forgiven every time."

"Yes, My Lord."

"I was!"

"Yes, My Lord."

Hazō sighed the sigh of a nine-year-old thespian playing to the back row. "Ah, me. My life is so hard."

"Yes, My Lord. Being the head of a Voting Clan of the most powerful ninja village in the world must be exhausting. Especially given you also hold the power to literally rip open the universe with a stroke of your brush. I'm sure that weighs upon you."

Hazō looked narrow-eyed at his Chancellor. "Are you mocking me, Gaku?"

"Never, My Lord."

"Hrmph. See that you don't."

"Of course, My Lord."

"Okay, briefing. Let's start with the fun part first, which is me briefing you: I'm going to be taking a week out of the village, meaning that we need to get things buttoned up so that they don't fly apart the instant I leave."

"That does tend to happen, My Lord."

"Gaku, what did I say about mocking me?"

"That I shouldn't do it, sir?"

"Exactly."

"I would never, sir."

"Good. Anyway, I'm taking Harumitsu, Noburi, and a few others. We're going out into the woods on one of those 'herd the nasty monsters towards the nasty Rock ninja' misions. On the way we're also going to do some pro bono till'n'fill missions. We'll be out for a week-ish."

Gaku hesitated. "Sir...the boy really doesn't see well. I've seen him stooped over his books. Is he going to be safe in the field?"

"Safe as houses. He'll be rolling with two Gōketsu Summoners and half a dozen other ninja who are totally not a bodyguard and are absolutely only there to gain field experience or watch over the ones getting field experience."

"As you say, sir. I note that you have that third-party sealmaster checking on your curriculum. Is this likely to be a concern?"

"Nah. I'm listing it as 'firsthand experience with seals in practical application'. It'll inform his understanding of seal theory or something."

"I see, sir."

"Speaking of seeing, and by association your point about his vision: Get me a meeting with Shino."

o-o-o-o​

"Good afternoon, Hazō." The Lord of the Insect Clan poured the water over the tea leaves and set the pot aside before lifting the whisk.

"Hi Shino. Thanks for seeing me so quickly."

"Things have been oddly calm lately. How may I help you?" He finished the preparation and set the cups down, side-by-side and equidistant between the two of them. Hazō took the one on the right with a grateful bow.

"First," he said, pausing to politely savor a sip of the tea, "I'm planning to do one of those herding missions—you know, the ones where we drive a bunch of monsters towards the Rock ninja."

"Indeed? I gather the morale in the Rock camp is running quite low."

Hazō smiled with teeth. "Can't be low enough for me. Anyway, I want to ask you for two things: First, I'd like to hire two of your chūnin or jōnin for the job. It'll be about a week."

Shino's eyebrow rose. "Two? These are typically two-man missions. A chūnin Aburame to locate and drive the beasts, a genin or occasionally a second chūnin to provide overwatch and share guard duty. If you're sending more people along it will be more than a bit of overkill."

Hazō chuckled. "The Way of Kagome, Rule 37: There is no 'overkill', only 'fire in the hole' and 'no I do not need you to give me more tags because I was carrying enough to start with because I'm not a stinking idiot'." He shook his head in amusement. "He's very insistent that the second part always be included when repeating the rule."

Shino unbent enough to smile very slightly. "Your mentor sounds like a wise man."

"You would be surprised at how often I have cause to agree. Anyway, I'm going to be bringing my seal apprentice and a bunch of the Gōketsu genin with me so that they can get some field experience. I want to be able to tell them that they're safe."

"Genin are adults, they should be treated as such. I am not convinced that they will be well served to be coddled like that. If they become adapted to the idea of depending on others for safety they may grow up to be weak."

"My concern is that they grow up at all. That's why Leaf has three-man squads with a chūnin or jōnin team leader. The genin on my estate are clanless—for now, anyway—and they don't currently have chūnin-sensei assigned. The administration is still putting itself back together from the Collapse and team assignments haven't been the top priority. I'm having my people cover it, but I don't have enough field-ready adults for full-time teams. Hence this mission.

"As to the kids themselves...I supply all the essentials to everyone who lives on my land, regardless of whether they're clan or not. These kids don't need to do missions, but they want to. They're patriots and eager to put their lives on the line for their nation. I want to make sure they get the sort of training and leadership that will help them transition from the theoretical knowledge of the Academy into the practical knowledge of the field. We'll have three or four of them, plus my apprentice, me, your two ninja, my brother, and maybe one or two others as yet to be determined."

"I see. And how do you envision this happening?"

"Same way I learned. We'll be traveling in a group, with the genin running perimeter and handling threats. The senior ninja will stay out of the way as much as possible, unless they judge the threat envelope to exceed the abilities of their students. At the end of each day there will be reviews and suggestions to help the kids develop."

"Interesting. You should talk with Shikamaru about this project; he may wish to do some evaluation on whether it is sufficiently correlated with success that it should be introduced as a standard senior-year process. In any case, I am glad to provide two of our chūnin at standard rates. Now, you mentioned a second thing?"

"I did, but one last bit: I need some people who know the Multiple Earth Wall jutsu for this mission. A few weeks ago I put out a bounty for people to learn it so there should be candidates, but I'd rather not sprawl the team too much. If you have a chūnin or jōnin who does, I'll pay ten percent above standard mission rate for them."

"Hm." He sipped his tea, thinking. "Yes, I believe that Uta knows the Multiple Earth Wall. I can make her available as one of your two chūnin."

"Brilliant. Now, the second thing: I want to partner with your clan to provide eyeglasses, lenses, and other optics to everyone in Leaf."

"...Excuse me?"

"My apprentice, Hagoromo Harumitsu, is nearly blind. My first thought was to see if I could hire your clan to make glasses for him. Then I realized that was pretty much just fixing the symptom, not the problem. The Aburame have skills to make optical devices, but you mostly do it within the clan. Still, it's not a clan secret per se, since you once told me that it was possible for outsiders to buy glasses."

"True, we are willing to do it. Unfortunately, it's extremely expensive and there's little interest."

"I think there's actually a huge amount of interest, it's just that no one knows it. Finding someone with a chakra system capable of being trained as a ninja is hard. Of the ones we find, a lot of them wash out of the Academy for one reason or another. Some of the ones who wash out do so because of problems with their vision. If the Aburame could make affordable glasses available to everyone who needs them, it would increase the size of Leaf's ninja force. That gives us a strategic advantage over the other nations."

Shino sat back, lips pursed in thought. "Interesting. I like the idea, but it seems impractical. Knowing how to make lenses is an extremely skilled trade that takes years to master. Forming an individual lens can take days, even weeks. There simply aren't enough Aburame to supply lenses in the quantities you're talking about."

Hazō shrugged and sipped his tea. "So let's make it practical. For example, if the limitation is manpower, let's hire you a bunch of people."

"There aren't enough ninja with the chakra control necessary."

"Does the process have to be done using chakra, or could it be done by hand? If so, we could hire a ton of civilians. There's a huge amount of labor looking for work."

"...You think you're going to have civilians master an art unique to my clan."

"Shino...with respect, there are civilians who make lenses. We had a telescope merchant come by the estate back when I was at the Chūnin Exams."

"Certainly. There are perhaps a handful of people in the Elemental Nations capable of making lenses suitable for telescopes. There are none outside of the Aburame capable of making eyeglasses. Plus, even if that were a workable strategy, you're asking for a tremendous investment of effort and manpower for something that might pay off but might not, and would definitely involve large numbers of strangers moving around the Aburame estates and potentially stealing our secrets."

"Would a hundred acres of land, cleared and ready for farming, convince you that it's worth the effort?"

Both eyebrows shot up. "A hundred acres? Where is it?"

"Wherever you want it to be. You buy it, we'll clear it and prep it. Trees cut down, stumps cleared, major stones removed so the land is suitable for plowing, soil turned over to kill microlife, stone housing and furnishings for fifty civilians, plus a stone perimeter wall around the housing. You just need to need to find the farmers and supply the tools."

"And in exchange I make glasses for your apprentice and drastically increase the volume of eyeglasses that the Aburame produce overall."

"Yes. My ambition is for the Aburame and their cohort to be selling thousands of pairs a year at a price that a genin could afford with two or three missions."

The Aburame were known for their stonefaced lack of expression, but Shino's cracked under the impact of Hazō's suggestion. "A thousand pairs? Per year?"

"Yes. Actually, I said thousands, plural, but one thousand pairs per year is okay for a start. We can ramp up from there."

Shino pondered that. "A thousand pairs a year. There simply isn't enough demand. There's only one or two thousand ninja in Leaf."

"So? Sell to civilians."

"I have occasionally been told that I'm not very good at humor, especially at identifying when others are using it. Is this one of those times? Are you seriously suggesting that the Aburame devote enormous resources to somehow inventing new techniques that will allow us to produce glasses at unimaginable speed...for civilians?"

"Why not? They have money and they have eyes."

"Yes, some of them have some money, but not enough. If we put the effort into ramping up to the extent you describe, we would rapidly find ourselves with no one to sell to. That's assuming we even could ramp up to that degree, which I'm not convinced is possible but am currently entertaining for the sake of discussion."

Hazō pondered that one. "Shino...I offer a wager, one Clan Head to another. What I would like is for you to aggressively ramp up your production so that by the end of next year you are able to produce more than one thousand pairs of eyeglasses per year—let's say one hundred pairs per week—at a price of below one thousand ryō per pair. If you do that, I am confident that you will not run out of market for your products, ever. It might not be eyeglasses specifically, but your lenscrafting skills will always have a market regardless of how much production your clan can generate. So here's my wager: If you ramp up the way I've requested, then ten years from now you'll be glad you did."

The Aburame calm bent once more, this time in the form of a tiny smile. "And what perchance are we wagering?"

Hazō smiled in return. "How about an excellent cup of tea, a delicious meal, and the strong bonds of friendship between two clans who have worked together for a decade?"

Shino laughed. "You are quite aggressive in your wagers." He thought about it, then shook his head. "No. No, I don't think it would be worth the effort involved to 'ramp up' that much. Some, yes. You've got a point about many Academy students needing eyeglasses, and the Hokage would undoubtedly be willing to pay for them if it helped with retention. I am grateful for the suggestion, as it will make an excellent source of income. I will talk with our lensmasters and see if there are ways to produce lenses more rapidly, but what you ask is simply not possible."

Hazō considered that for a moment, then nodded. "Very well. I still want to get glasses for Harumitsu. Making those would likely be a good opportunity for your lensmasters to evaluate their process and find optimizations that will let them ramp up to whatever degree you decide on. When could I bring him by, and what should I expect in terms of cost and time frame?"

"In gratitude for your suggestion about the new market, I will charge you only ten thousand ryō, and you may bring him by later today. We will require several hours of initial evaluation, then the masters will begin creating the lenses. They will make several sets, requiring about two weeks total. Once they are ready we will do another set of evaluations to determine which of the sets is best. There will be some final adjustments, probably requiring another three to four days, and then he may take delivery."

Ten thousand ryō? He'd had no idea what to expect, so that was more of a calibration than a surprise. Still, the rest of it was excellent. "Thank you, that's brilliant. As long as you're making multiple sets anyway, could I please get the best two instead of the best one? That way he'll have a backup pair."

Shino nodded. "Of course. The backups won't be remotely as good as the primaries, but better than nothing."

Hazō raised his cup in salute and knocked the contents back before setting it gently on the table. "Thank you for your time, My Lord. My clan is grateful." He bowed the amount appropriate for one Clan Head in the home of another (Mari had been on a training kick lately, drilling him in social niceties in between bouts of haystacking his hair and cackling madly), then rose to his feet. The guard on the wall stepped forward with a bow, one arm gesturing towards the door. Hazō nodded absently to the man and followed him out.

Only to pause on the threshold and lean back to where Shino was slowly sipping tea and thinking.

"Shino?" Hazō asked.

"Yes?"

"The Gōketsu really want to see a world in which thousands of eyeglasses are being sold every year for prices that a civilian can afford. I would dearly like to work with you on the project—you have all the institutional knowledge there is, and you're an honorable clan who deserves to profit from your skills. I think the Gōketsu have a lot to offer to the venture—for example, we have one seal that's good at grinding things, and we're glad to make more to your specification. Please, at least consider it?"

Shino face was stone, but after a moment he nodded. "I shall. Goodbye, Hazō."

o-o-o-o​

"Greetings, Summoner," Cannai said, melting out of the air at Hazō's side. Given that Hazō had been following Canvass's instruction to 'run that way' across the open prairie, it was a bit alarming. Nonetheless, he forced himself not to jump in shock.

"Greetings, Cannai. How is the day?"

"It passes well enough. Now, what is the question that you are so visibly struggling to hold off on asking until we have finished with social pleasantries?"

Hazō wanted to laugh nervously but forced himself not to; he needed his breath for running. The Dog Boss was visibly holding back his pace but Hazō was at the top end of what he could manage and still talk. They didn't seem to have a particular destination and neither Canvass nor Cannai had said anything about a goal. Apparently the enormous dog simply felt like stretching his legs and was willing to let a puny human try to keep up.

"A member of my pack, Atomu, has a problem that I want to fix. I have seen the Dog Clan display a capability that might solve Atomu's problem, but I'm not certain if it's a secret or if it would be offensive for me to ask about. How should I proceed?"

Cannai huffed in amusement. "I accepted you as the Summoner. We are both adults and I understand there to be no malice. Ask your question. The worst that will happen is that you will deeply offend me, perhaps even scar me to my soul with your uncaring and thoughtless words."

Hazō gave his companion a squinty look. Cannai's tongue was lolling in amusement.

"Right. Atomu lost several fingers, which means he can't make handseals. Almost all human jutsu rely on handseals, meaning that he is crippled as a ninja. He's bearing up under it well, has been for years, but I know it bothers him. I've noticed that the Dog Clan jutsu do not use handseals."

"They do not. They instead use ears and tail, organs with which humans are either unequipped or woefully underequipped."

"Hey!"

"Don't worry, Summoner. I have never felt that the absence of a tail makes humans look stunted, nor malformed. There is no reason for you to be ashamed of it; no one chooses the body they are born into."

"Okay, now look—"

"Likewise, human hearing is very impressive given what you have to work with. I would like to compliment you on how hard you must have worked to get it up to such an adequate level."

"Oi!"

Cannai huffed a quiet laugh. "Be at peace, Summoner. The Dogs have experience adapting our jutsu for human use; Kakashi used several of them to good effect. We have never needed to adapt to someone who was missing fingers, but I cannot offhand think of a reason why it would be possible to make something work for a person who lacked a tail but not make it work for someone who lacked a tail and a few fingers. Still, jutsu modification is not an area I have expertise in, so it's possible that there is such a reason. Talk to Canun and tell him I sent you; if he can't help then I will put you in touch with one of our more senior ninjutsu masters."

Wow. That was a lot more than he had expected.

"Thank you. Thank you very much."

"You are pack, and this Atomu is part of your pack. It is what one does."

"Thank you anyway." He had to struggle to get the words out without panting. Cannai didn't seem remotely bothered by the pace, but Hazō had been burning a slow trickle of chakra for the last two miles. He wasn't even close to his actual limits, but this was a lot faster than the normal travel lope of long-distance ninja running.

"You are welcome."

The ground pounded by beneath their feet, slow waves of green and gold stalks rolling behind them as the sun baked down. Hazō was content to run in silence for a time, enjoying the purity of the moment.

"So, how was the taleswap?" he asked eventually.

"Most pleasing. Canaria is a master of her craft. Every taleswap she leads shows her skill."

"Would it be possible for me to come to one?"

Cannai flicked a glance at him, tongue once more lolling in amusement. "I had wondered when you would get around to asking. Of course you may, so long as you bring a tale to tell. Canaria is moving on in a few days to stay with the Wide River pack. You and I could visit; you should meet some of the packs other than Grassy Hills."

"I would like that. I'm on a mission for the next week or so; would it be all right to do it afterwards?"

"Of course. She will be with them for perhaps ten days. If she has moved on before you are available, we will simply go to wherever she is then."

"Thank you. I'm very grateful."

Cannai glanced sidelong at him again, and his ears flicked in amusement. "Although, be advised that Wide River is the closest pack. If she has moved on before your return...well, it might require a bit of jogging to get to her next stop. Don't worry, I'm sure it won't be a challenge for you. Humans are amazing runners for someone who is missing two of their legs."

Hazō looked suspiciously at his traveling companion. "Don't think I don't notice that you're mocking me."

"Me, mock you? I would never."

Hazō rolled his eyes. "You need to meet Gaku. You two would get along great."

o-o-o-o​

"Welcome back, My Lord."

"Hey, Gaku," Hazō said with a sigh. He peeled off his coat and dropped it into a seal to be dealt with later. It took him a moment to decide on a storage seal instead of a macerator; the coat probably was salvageable with enough effort. It was sweat-soaked and filthy with the ground-in dirt that only long-distance travel and roughing it in the woods could bestow. And the skunk stench clung tight. And it was torn and slightly blood-stained from where the dire hamsters had gotten him. Two of the genin had accidentally walked into the hamsters' ambush and needed extraction. When Hazō went to fetch them he didn't notice the matriarch until it was almost too late; she'd melded out of the trunk of a tree in mid-leap and gotten a bite of his ribs before he gutted her with his pangolin claws. Then, of course, there was the descending river of driving rain that had dogged them for most of the third day. It had taken another full day before everyone was dry again, and there had been universal annoyance at the swamp ass they'd had to live with for the rest of the trip.

"How was your trip, My Lord?"

"It was good," Hazō said, bending to untie the lacings on his shoes. "It was relaxing to be in the field again, even if there were a few bits of excitement here and there. I haven't slept that well in ages."

"Oh?" The Gōketsu Chancellor eyed his Clan Head's clothes dubiously and couldn't help but crinkle his lip.

"Yeah, I know, I know. I'm beyond 'ripe' and well into 'rank'. Yesterday we were driving a bunch of dire rats and they turned around on us. They wouldn't break, so we bailed. Unfortunately, they had caught our scent and the damn things are impossible to shake—even jumping from tree to tree won't do it. We had to skunk up to break the trail." He got the shoes untied, toed them off, and then efficiently finished stripping to the skin and dropping the clothes into a seal. "I'm assuming Mari got the baths together?"

"As you say, sir. Hot water will be available to everyone for a pre-wash before they are allowed in the bathhouse. She also mentioned something about trying a...'new loadout for the misterators'? Something that included soap, I gather."

Hazō chuckled. "Yeah, Uta is going to love that. She thought that wilderness survival Gōketsu style was way too soft."

"How was it working with the Aburame, My Lord?" Gaku held out a trio of storage seals and a towel. If he extended them to the very limits of his reach and leaned back slightly to maintain as much distance between his nose and his Lord...well, no one needed to comment.

"Thanks," Hazō said, taking the seals and opening them to reveal a barrel of hot water, a small bucket, and soap. Hazō dunked out some of the water and dumped it over himself before starting to scrub down. The rest of the group was back by the Gōketsu wall, as far as possible from the actual main area of the estate where their stench would inconvenience others. Hazō had come ahead to get the ball rolling on baths, food, and other necessities, only to find Gaku waiting at the edge of the camp and the process well underway.

"It was good," Hazō continued. "We built walls for three villages—Uta found that part exasperating—and we sent a bunch of headaches towards the Rock camp. The genin got some experience of the wilds, Harumitsu saw that he's able to keep up, and even fight. One time a bloodhawk pounced on him and instead of panicking he kept his head and dealt with it. He probably couldn't manage an actual field career, but he's not helpless. Well, couldn't manage a field career until the glasses come in, anyway."

"Lord Aburame sent a messenger earlier today, sir. They would like Harumitsu to come in for a preliminary fitting tomorrow morning. They took care to stress that the lenses are not ready yet, they are simply 'trying something new as part of your suggestion.' I don't know what that means."

"It means things are looking up, and I'm sure Harumitsu will be glad to hear that. Okay, I'm sure I missed a lot while we were out. Give me the rundown."

"Yes, My Lord. First..."





Author's Note: This update covered 8 days. (1 for Aburame and Cannai, 7 for the wall-building trip.)

After some discussion with Kagome it was determined that the Lesser Barrier Formation seal is well within your limits right now and the Activation Relay Seal is either on the very edge of your ability or beyond it. As such, you spent your time working on LBF on the theory that it will provide a foundation for doing ARS later since you already know the Lesser Barrier Formation seal, having researched it in the past as is very clearly documented in the clan histories which one should obviously check if one wanted to know which seals Hazō was familiar with, you have sufficient chakra control and research knowledge to safely work on the Activation Relay Seal. What you do not have is the handwriting. Your calligraphy is inadequate to be trusted on anything this precise; Kagome isn't even sure how you managed to research LBF, but he isn't letting you anywhere near an ARS blank until you have improved your skills substantially.

(EDIT: You did the 'Canvass' section from this plan. There are ninja out looking for dog packs, you talked to Canvass (details TBD), etc etc.)

XP AWARD: 28

Brevity XP: 8

"GM had fun" XP: 0
Due mostly to low turnout, the vote was a tie between this plan and this other plan. I picked and chose the bits I wanted from each. As such, it's not really a reflection on the plan.

It is now about 6pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, December 30, 2020, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 400: Snowflake Day

Preparing a surprise adoption party for Snowflake had been a non-trivial challenge. Snowflake shared Keiko's memory, and they couldn't spring it as a surprise on Keiko because she'd need her chakra reserves full. Furthermore, half the Gōketsu were on the mission roster (with the other half standing by for Isan, and Hazō's own position still in limbo), though the flip side of Atomu, Reo, and Mai's difficulty finding missions was that they tended to be beneath the Tower's notice when it came to direct assignments.

On the other hand, Snowflake couldn't find out about the party until she was summoned, and Keiko hadn't hesitated to give up two mornings' worth of training. Beyond that, they'd ended up restricting the guest list to the clan proper—on this occasion, inviting the Nara would be missing the point, and while he had in fact invited Ami as a subtle reminder of her own invitation to join the family, she'd sent back a message saying she was busy washing her hare. It was anyone's guess whether this was a spelling error, Ami really owned a hare (either as a pet or purely for this kind of occasion), Ami had procured a hare exclusively in order to be able to send that message, or there was no hare at all and it was a (successful) ploy to confuse him. With Ami, anything was possible. The refusal didn't make him any more comfortable about their currently uncertain relationship, but if there was one thing no wise man did, it was speculate about the thought processes of the avatar of chaos.

Regardless, here they were, assembled in the Gōketsu gaming hall in their finest adoption party wear (Mari insisted that a self-respecting clan ninja should have a wardrobe for any occasion, and threatened mandatory clothes shopping for those who didn't shape up). Atomu, Reo, and Mai were still ill-at-ease at the idea of being part of a family-only celebration, but even they understood that it would be ridiculous to leave recent adoptees out of an adoption party. Everyone had pitched in to arrange decorations, with Akane taking charge of an enormous "Welcome to the Gōketsu!" banner while Hazō, in a flash of genius inspired by his day out with Snowflake, had prepared a buffet full of the most varied dishes he and Kagome-sensei could think of in order to offer her the opportunity to literally define her tastes.

"It's time," he finally decided. "Keiko, if you would do the honours…"

Keiko took a few steps forward, judged so that Snowflake would neither feel crowded nor isolated in front of an audience.

"Shadow Clone Technique!"

Snowflake appeared in a traditional puff of smoke.

"Kei, what… oh."

Snowflake stared mutely at the banner as the memories came flooding in.

"Welcome to your adoption party, Snowflake!" Hazō exclaimed.

"I…" Snowflake continued to stare at the banner.

"You realise," she said, finally looking back down at the assembled Gōketsu, "that I lack standing as a legal entity and therefore am not a valid target for adoption."

"We don't care," Hazō said. "This isn't a 'Get Snowflake Registered as a Leaf Citizen" party. It's a 'Welcome Snowflake to the Gōketsu" party. It's not up to Asuma whether or not you're one of us. It's up to you."

This was the one point of uncertainty in the whole enterprise. There had never been any doubt that the three clanless newbies would jump at the chance to join the clan whose home they had already chosen to share. Snowflake, though… You couldn't treat someone as a person without accepting that they had the right to choose, and Haru had pointed out that it might offend her to take for granted that she'd make the choice they wanted. Still, Keiko had given them the go-ahead, and if you couldn't count on someone who knew your target's every thought...

"Even so…" Snowflake said quietly. "I do not belong here. I have not earned a place among you."

"Family's not a thing you earn," Noburi said. "That's not how any of this works. Family's a thing you choose, at least for people like us—and you are a person like us. No amount of metaphysical weirdness can change that."

"I do not have the bonds," Snowflake insisted. "Family is defined by bonds, and you forged yours on a journey I was never part of. The fact that I remember it makes me no less of an outsider."

"With respect, Lady…" Atomu began.

"Snowflake."

"With respect," he repeated, "the three of us weren't part of any journey either. Half of the people here weren't."

"Snowflake," Mari said gently, "do you remember how Team Uplift began?"

"You chose to use Kei as atonement for your sins."

The room froze over.

Oh, heck. Hazō suddenly had a flashback to Keiko's reaction, her cold anger, when she found out Mari had chosen them for the Swamp of Death. Hadn't they… no, that was when Mari was still broken, and Keiko had known better than to make things worse, and then Mari went dark and did that thing the night before Keiko's wedding that they never talked about again, and now Mari was, if not back to her old self, then at least someone happier… but it occurred to Hazō that he had no idea whether the two of them were all right now, or just avoiding confrontation. And whether or not Keiko had forgiven her in the end, maybe Snowflake hadn't.

"Uplift began," Noburi said hastily, "with a bunch of random genin being thrown together with nothing in common except our age and the fact that Captain Zabuza was out to get us. It's not like we started out as friends. Forget brotherhood, if you knew how insufferable Hazō was in the beginning…"

"I assure you," Keiko said, "the two are far from mutually exclusive. The point is valid, however. Had I the initiative, and had someone offered me a safer place to be than under the wing of a jōnin who had expressed a preference for my survival, and leaving certain minor factors aside, it is debatable whether I would have willingly remained part of what later became Team Uplift."

None of the founding members chose to comment that the certain minor factors were Keiko being in love with Mari, and about as likely to leave her as a Hyūga was to marry a foreigner.

Wait, that didn't work anymore. Life was weird.

"I'm only here," Akane added, "because I was going to get myself killed and Hazō and the others decided to rescue me."

"Strictly speaking," Keiko said, "your immediate cause of death would have been your association with Hazō to begin with, but I grant that your wilful self-delusion would in any case have had you exterminated by the counter-Liberator force."

"I'm here even though I was living in the woods and didn't have anything to do with anyone," Kagome-sensei volunteered. "And I nearly blew Hazō up when he came to talk to me. But I'm glad I didn't. I'm glad everyone took a chance on me."

"I still don't know why I'm here," Haru said. "But that's just something you have to get used to. The Gōketsu don't make any sense at all, but somehow most of the crazy stuff we do works out for the best anyway."

"Satsuko and I are here because of politics," Yuno said. "That and Noburi being a terrible person. But we've forgiven him now, so that's all right."

"Thanks, honey," Noburi muttered.

"Any time, my little tapir."

Hazō had teased Noburi mercilessly at first (apparently, Yuno had spent years thinking up pet names for the husband she didn't think she'd ever have), but he gave up within days when he realised it was like stabbing fish in a barrel.

Reo coughed politely. "One of these days," he said, "I wouldn't mind hearing some of these stories. But you know what Atomu, Mai, and me are here for. We're not special. We're just the first wave. So… maybe you don't have to be special either."

"Snowflake," Keiko said. "It is impossible to escape the love of the Gōketsu. You know that my very best efforts were useless, and I assure you, you will not fare better. You will be loved, and the sooner you accept that resistance is futile, the sooner you can begin to devise coping mechanisms."

"But I am not even human!" Snowflake exclaimed desperately.

"Where does it say family has to be human, exactly?" Hazō asked.

"You will recall that I have on occasion felt my aberrant mental and emotional makeup to disqualify me from the ranks of humanity," Keiko said. "This has done nothing to deter them."

"Fifi is as much part of this family as anyone else," Kagome-sensei said.

There was a moment's silence.

"Uh, not that I'm saying you're like a pet or an animal or anything! I'm sorry. Never mind."

"Satsuko's family too," Yuno added. "And she's an evil-looking black axe with special grooves for the blood."

Several people gave Yuno uncomfortable looks, but by now everyone knew better than to say anything.

"Snowflake," Mai said heavily, "your body doesn't make you less than human. Don't go down that road."

"You're human in all the ways that count," Akane said with an edge of exasperation that Hazō suspected wasn't directed at Snowflake. "So you're not around much. We have periods when we only see each other at breakfast and dinner because everyone's so busy, and we live in the same building. So maybe I shouldn't poke you too hard in case you disappear. If I poke Keiko, I'll be the one to disappear, probably for good."

Keiko gave a firm nod.

"So there are conditions we need to meet before we can hang out with you," Akane went on. "Some days I have to make an appointment to see my own boyfriend because a clan head's work is never done. I'm not saying your life isn't hard in some very unique ways. But in terms of you being human? From where we're standing, it's nothing special."

"Y-You don't understand…" Snowflake stammered.

"We don't have to," Hazō said. "Family doesn't have to understand each other. I don't understand why Mari made many of the choices she did before we met her. I don't understand the complicated feelings Noburi has about his family, or why Keiko hates the world so much, or why Kagome-sensei trusts Fifi in a way he could never trust a stranger, or what Satsuko means to Yuno. I understand all of these things a little better than I once did, and I hope that in time I'll understand them better still. But I don't need to understand them to call any of these people family.

"I want to understand you, Snowflake. We all do. But that's something that happens over time, and I want us to have that time together. That's all.

"Forget understanding. Forget worthiness. Forget qualifications. Just answer me one simple question.

"Do you want to be one of us?"

Snowflake's eyes brimmed with tears.

Keiko stepped forward decisively, put her arm around Snowflake's shoulders in an affectionate motion that made Hazō briefly doubt his eyes, and turned her around to face away from the group.

The Gōketsu stood and waited. Time passed.

Finally, both girls turned around.

"I…" Snowflake said in a voice just above a whisper. "I don't understand. But… please."

-o-​

Hazō hadn't warned Keiko about the other surprise—the donation of chakra from the entire family that allowed them to reset Snowflake's timer, and also summon her parallel selves for assistance trying the countless snacks (Hazō was introduced to Rainbow, who had been assigned gluttony a focus on sensory experience). And that was how the Gōketsu Clan came to have between ten and infinite members at any given time, depending on how you counted and how much chakra Noburi was able to donate.

-o-​

You have received 3 + 1 + 1 = 5 XP.

-o-​

Happy New Year! May your celebrations, like the Gōketsu, be marked by as many snowflakes as you desire.

And now I have to go write e-cards, wrap presents, and do all manner of other things that one naturally leaves until the last minute, so you may consider the plan to stop there for the moment.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 2nd of January, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Chapter 401: Let Auld Acquaintance Be Forgot...Please!

Hazō waited until the party was in full swing, then forced himself to wait longer. Finally, when the noise and crowding got to itching too much under his skin, he slipped away. It had been a long and exhausting day, and he needed solitude. There was paperwork sitting on his desk, and the idea of the calm flow of numbers and facts, the smooth flow of his brush, and the faint scent of a cup of steaming tea at his elbow suddenly sounded wonderful. Maybe he would go back later, but he needed a break for a bit.

He pushed open the door of his office with a sigh, tugging off the formal overrobe he'd been wearing and tossing it absently towards the couch before turning for his—

"Hey, kid," said one of the greatest mass murderers in the world, who was currently sitting in Hazō's chair with his feet up on the young Clan Lord's desk. His triple-bladed scythe leaned up against the wall behind him.

Hazō stopped in his tracks.

"Ya never visit, ya never write..."

"Hidan."

"Ya remembered me! My heart is all aflutter."

Hazō blinked. He glanced at the door, then back at the ninja of mythic power who was eyeing him with an 'I dare you' head tilt. Slowly, Hazō closed the door, moved to one of the visitor chairs, and sat down.

"What can I do for you?"

Hidan stared frankly at him for a second that lazed in the air with threatening claws, and then he stood up. He folded his hands behind his back like a schoolmaster and paced around the desk in a half-circle that took him behind Hazō. Fear scraped chills across his nape.

"Here's the thing, kid. We met, you were all snarky, I told ya that I liked ya and that ya had Lord Jashin's favor and I was gonna enjoy killin' everyone who got in your way. Now, I was expectin' that ya'd reach out, give me some targets. Ya know, stay in touch. Imagine how disappointed I was to find not so much as a hint of a letter. Or a messenger. Or even a smoke signal. It's downright rude, leaving yer friends hangin' like that."

"I honestly didn't think you were serious," Hazō said carefully. He didn't turn to see what Hidan was doing. The older ninja could kill him whenever he wanted, so the best choice was to let him play his power games.

"See, that's the problem with kids these days," Hidan said sadly. "No faith. They never take ya serious until ya actually rip their lungs out, and by then it's too late for much discussion."

"Also, I didn't know how to contact you. You didn't exactly leave me a street address, and I couldn't afford to send another message through the Seventh Path. The Clans there are in much closer touch now, and word would have gotten back to Asuma."

"Tsk, tsk. No effort."

"Sorry, sir. I'm here now and listening. What can I do for you, sir?"

"This whole dream of making things better for the civilians so that there's more gifts for Lord Jashin...I'm likin' it. Ya been workin' on it, right?"

"Yes. I just got back from putting walls around several villages. I've been taking in as many people as I can here on my estate. I'm convincing the Aburame to share their lensmaking arts with civilians, which should lead to more wealth and better survival rates. I've been trying to raise awareness with the other clans."

"Ya been doin' all this stuff. Why ain't ya done yet? Why ain't this Uplift thing finished?"

Well, that question didn't have any danger balanced atop it.

"Sir...this is a long project," he said carefully. "It's going to take years to see meaningful changes, and generations to see the full effect. I made those villages safer, but they will need to buy tools, learn skills, generate more food, and have more children. There will be setbacks. It's not a simple or straightforward process."

"I'm not big on patience."

"...I don't know what to do with that, sir. I'm working as fast as I can."

"Yeah, well, either ya've lost Lord Jashin's favor or ya don't have a big enough stick." There was a long, terrifying silence, and then Hidan clapped his hands in decision. "C'mon, let's go find out which it is."

Hazō obediently stood and turned to face his senior. "Where are we going?" he asked, as non-threateningly and non-argumentatively as he could.

"It's a surprise. C'mon." He held out his hand and the scythe jumped to it from where it leaned on the wall. He turned for the door and then paused with his hand on the latch, glancing back over his shoulder. "By the way, I like yer security system. Those sapper chambers were cool."

"Sapper chambers?" Hazō asked. Hidan opened the door and checked outside before stepping into the hall. Hazō followed obediently.

"Yah. You know, those air pockets ya dug out, with the seal in the center? We stumbled inta one, the seal went off and sucked up all the air. The whole place collapsed. It was cool."

"Ah. Thank you." Apparently Kagome had been active and not talking about it. "If I may ask, sir, how did you survive?"

"Tricks o' the trade, kid. Tricks o' the trade."

"May I get my gear?" In particular, could he get the Dog scroll so that he could reverse-summon himself to safety.

"Nah."

"I thought Lord Jashin didn't mind people using gear." He followed along obediently, taking care not to walk so close as to seem threatening or so far as to seem like he was trying to escape.

"Yah, but that's stuff yer carryin'. Why would he want to let you go get more? Ya should be ready."

Hazō debated mentioning that he had an appointment with the Boss of the Dog Clan for the following afternoon and evening. He immediately decided that was not a useful plan.

"Can I get even a hint of where we're going? There are places I guarantee I can't survive without specific gear I'm not carrying this evening, so if that's the goal then I would just be wasting your time."

"Gonna check if ya still got Lord Jashin's favor. And then yer gonna point me towards somebody ta kill. Gotta get this whole...what did ya call it?"

"Uplift."

"Yeh, that. Gotta get that whole Uplift thing movin'. I'm all outta patience with this one-ryō stuff."

"Are we're doing that killing part tonight?"

"Nah, tonight we're just checkin' if yah still got Lord Jashin's favor."

"That means fighting more of your cultists?"

"Heh. Lord Jashin ain't big on samey-same. It's boring."

They reached the stairs and Hidan gestured him to lead the way. Hazō did, praying that they wouldn't meet anyone. The only way that this ended without anyone dying was if they got out unobserved.

Which, of course, meant that Mari was coming up the stairs.

"Hazō where did you go?" she asked, smiling. "The party is still at full blast."

Hazō was very aware of the S-rank murderer standing a few steps above him, just barely out of sight around the corner.

"I just needed a minute of quiet," he said, telling the Iron Nerve to call up relaxed body language and a broad smile.

Mari's face froze, just for an instant, and then her smile got wider.

"What do you say we head back down?" she asked, looking over his shoulder and visibly searching for any shadows or other hint of what the threat might be.

He glanced up the stairs. "Actually, I forgot something. You go on ahead. I'm sure that you and everyone else are having a great time in the main hall. Keep doing that. I'll be there in a few minutes."

She raised an eyebrow, then nodded. "I'm sure we are. Need me to get anything for you?"

"Nah, I'm good. Go on back to the main hall and enjoy yourself." A faint scuff of a foot from above made his spine try to crawl out through the skin of his back.

"Go on," he repeated, a hint of intensity in his voice. "Have fun with everyone else, in the main hall."

She eyed him for the longest moment that wasn't obvious, then nodded. "I'll do that. See you in a few minutes." She turned and disappeared around the corner.

"Gettin' smart there, kid?" Hidan asked, standing at the top of the stairs, in full view of anyone coming up or passing by, with his very distinctive scythe in hand. "Sounded like some code words being passed there."

"No sir. Just trying to...no sir."

"Well, let's get moving. Lead on, kid."

Crap. He needed to buy two minutes for Mari to clear the downstairs.

"Sir...can you please give me some hint of what's happening? Why are you here now instead of a week ago, or a week from now? What would be sufficient progress on Uplift to satisfy you? Give me something, please."

"Tryin' ta buy time for the rescue squad?"

Hazō sighed. "Trying to buy time for everyone to clear out of our way. As long as they don't see you, or see me leaving, then no one has to die."

"So you're tryin' ta deny Lord Jashin his due, huh?"

Hazō's face froze. He turned to face the enemy ninja squarely and pulled himself to his full height. "Yes. That is exactly what I'm doing. You want to kill my family? No one here can stop you. But you'll have to kill me too, and then who is going to do Uplift for you? So stand the fuck down for two minutes and then we'll leave and I'll go play whatever psychotic game you have in mind with a smile on my face and not a word of protest."

Hidan burst out laughing. "Do those balls drag on the ground when you walk?"

"No sir. Perfectly normal size balls."

"All right, fine. You can have yer two minutes." He leaned against the wall, allowing the scythe to fall into the crook of his elbow. "So. What shall we talk about for two minutes?"

For just a moment Hazō's mind went completely blank, and then he chuckled. "The weather's always good. How's it been where you've been staying?"

"Eh. Haven't been stayin' any one place for long."

"Really? Where have you been?"

Hidan snorted in amusement at the transparent attempt at information gathering, but then tossed his head in a 'sure, why not?' gesture. "We left O'uzu a little after you. Spent some time wanderin' around the eastern continent, then took a swing back through Moon. People there weren't happy to see us, so I got ahead on my quota fer sacrificin'. Ya might think about doin' some upliftin' in that area. Lots of nice farmland, nobody left ta farm it."

"...You depopulated the entire island?"

"Eh. Probably not the entire island. I'm sure there's a few farmers hidin' out somewhere."

A sense of vastness spread through Hazō. It was nothing to do with a jōnin aura, merely an appreciation for the level of power held by a person who could lean casually on the wall while discussing the ability to kill hundreds, perhaps thousands, of people and do it faster than they could run away. The ability to depopulate tens or hundreds of square miles. Sure, Hidan had said 'we', so maybe it had been all of Akatsuki. Still. That was...what? Half a dozen people? Maybe two dozen, depending on how many of those cultists had been elsewhere when the Battle of the Gods went down. Was this what it was like being Jiraiya? Knowing that obstacles were nothing more than inconveniences and the only thing restraining your actions was your own choices?

"I'll keep that in mind," he said, trying hard and failing at keeping the quaver from his voice.

"How's it been around here?"

"Nice." He nodded dumbly, dimly aware that his brain wasn't working too well at the moment. "Very nice."

"Glad to hear it. Been doing anything interestin'?"

"Some seal research. And a lot of managing the estate stuff."

"Cool."

Silence hung in the air for several moments.

"What kind of research?"

"Huh? Oh...nothing terribly exciting. I've been helping my teacher work on chronomantic color dynamics. Pretty interesting stuff." That was true enough that hopefully Hidan wouldn't spot the misdirection. "See, there's an overage on chakra amplification when you're mixing type-3 and type-4 green chakra transfers with type-1 red chakra transfers—they aren't literally red and green, of course, those are just names that we use to make visualizing it a little easier, and it doesn't transfer fully back to normal color theory, because—"

"Kid?"

"...Yes sir?"

"Shaddup."

"Yes sir."

"Okay, time to get moving. There's a tunnel in your pantry, hidden under a sack of potatoes. Lead us there and then we're out."

"Yes sir."





XP AWARD: 5

Brevity XP: 1

"GM had fun" XP: 1


Voting is NOT open. There may be more to this update tomorrow if I have the energy or else @Velorien will deal with it on Thursday. That might be a skip forward to Hazō telling everyone about the wacky survival / self-defense / whatever test that Hidan gave him before letting him go, or it might be the actual test itself. We'll see.

I had wanted to do more with this but I ran out of time and juice. I'm done now, so trying to squeeze out another scene is nothing going to do well for anyone.

Voting is open only for the following question: Who do you tell Hidan to kill? Options include:

[] Kill Order: Refuse to name anyone.
[] Kill Order: Aizen of Isan
[] Kill Order: Asuma
[] Kill Order: Hinata
[] Kill Order: Ami
[] Kill Order: Ren
[] Kill Order: Lord Hagoromo
[] Kill Order: Grandmaster F
[] Kill Order: Tsuchikage
[] Kill Order: Shogun
[] Kill Order: Write in
 
Last edited:
Chapter 402: Lord Jashin's Currency

"What is this?" Hazō demanded, a cold horror creeping through his body.

"Tonight's game board," Hidan explained casually, gesturing at the crowd of tied-up villagers. Dozens upon dozens of people stared at Hazō fearfully, from the elderly to tiny children. Not that they could see much: clearly, they'd been trapped like this for hours, as there were no lights on in the entire village.

"Ya showed me last time that ya ain't a total milquetoast. Now we see if ya have Lord Jashin's own luck, or if ya just another waste-of-space cultist, but without even the cultist part."

"P-Please, honourable n-ninja," a middle-aged woman wearing only a thin undershirt whimpered.

Hidan ignored the plea. "Hey, what's this village called, anyway?"

"B-B-Bakuchioka, honourable ninja. P-Please, at least spare the—"

"There we go," Hidan said lightly. "Now, ya know Lord Jashin accepts only one currency. Tonight we'll be gamblin' with the blood of these fine residents of Bababakuchioka.

"Weird name," he added with approval.

"You're serious, aren't you?" Hazō asked in less disbelief than he'd have liked.

"As a heart attack. Not that I can get those. Give 'em, on occasion. It's a borin' way to go, but variety's the spice of life."

Hidan gestured in the direction of the villagers with his scythe, prompting a round of shivers.

"Ya win, ya pick a civilian to save. I win, I pick a civilian to kill. We keep goin' till we're out of civilians or I get bored."

"I-I beg you, honourable—"

"Ah, shaddup," Hidan said. "All right, new rule. Anyone who annoys me dies on the spot. Ya ready to get started, kid?"

Hazō did a quick head count. Two hundred civilians, maybe a little under. Hidan must have visited this village earlier today, dragged them out of their homes, tied them up with the village's own ropes, and then left them to wait, with no indication of whether they'd live out the day. They still didn't have one.

Old men suppressed groans as they sat on the cold, damp earth. Mothers gazed at their children, silently begging them not to make a noise. Tough young men—civilian farmers put muscle on fast, or became mouths the village couldn't afford to feed—trembled in frustration at their own powerlessness. There were shadows on the ground further back that could have been bodies of civilians who'd tried to run or resist. And this… this was a game?

Tonight put so much into perspective. Hidan had depopulated an entire island, and the other Akatsuki had at best not bothered to rein him in. These were the people Hazō wanted to negotiate with, to bring to Leaf's side in the name of Uplift.

No, no time for reflection. Gōketsu Hazō had lives to save, by any means necessary. He gathered his strength.

"This is a waste of time, Hidan," he said dismissively. "What makes you think these lives are worth anything to me as playing chips? If you want a real game, forget these worthless peons and come with me. I'll show you something worth playing for."

He just hoped he could think of something before Hidan saw through the bluff.

"Tch," Hidan said. "All that time standin' here like an idiot while they tied each other up, wasted. Well, some ya win, some ya lose. Lemme just sacrifice them real quick and we can go see what you have in mind." He hefted his scythe.

Damn. Damn damn damn.

"Wait. We'll play by your rules."

Hidan smirked. "Thought so. I spent years workin' with the boss, kid. I've seen every kind of bleedin' heart there is."

He slammed a lantern down on a nearby table, lit it, then pulled a handful of dice out from some unseen recess in his robe. They were white with red dots, with a Jashin symbol on what would have been the "six" face. Hazō had a horrible feeling that Hidan had made them himself.

"Here." He tossed the dice to Hazō. "As the host, I'm lettin' ya pick the first game."

Hazō frowned as he tossed the dice up and down in his palm experimentally. Two hundred pairs of eyes watched him alertly, Hidan's included.

Hazō ran a casino for ninja.

"These wouldn't happen to be loaded, would they?" he asked to confirm what he already knew.

Hidan chuckled. "Lord Jashin helps those who help themselves."

He threw Hazō another set of white dice.

"These are the real thing. Used to belong to a hunter-nin who had the balls to up and challenge me to my face. Without backup, even. He gave me a straight-up fight, so it's only fair that I only use 'em for straight-up fights."

Dice. Dice. What could Hazō do to give himself the biggest advantage?

"Chinchiro," he said after a few seconds' thought. "No bank."

The more dice he rolled at a time, the quicker he could get used to their feel. There were three dice in Chinchiro, plenty of rerolls, and a trump score he could go for as soon as his fingers were ready.

Hidan gave an unreadable grin. "You're on."

Rules: Roll three dice. 1-2-3 is an instant loss. A pair and a singleton makes that singleton a "point". A "trip", three of the same, beats any point. Higher numbers beat lower numbers, and 4-5-6 trumps everything. Reroll until each player has one of the above. Reroll ties.

173 villagers remain.

Round 1
Hazō: 2 3 3
Hidan: 1 4 5 / 4 5 6
Hazō rolls a 2-point. Hidan rolls 4-5-6. Hidan wins.
1 villager is dead. 172 prisoners remain.

Hidan didn't even bother to get up after the roll. He just flicked his wrist, and a woman's head fell to the ground. Her body slumped sideways, onto the lap of the person next to her, who miraculously suppressed a scream.

The scythe swept back into Hidan's hand, guided by some kind of rope built into his sleeve.

Round 2
Hazō: 5 5 4
Hidan: 4 6 6
Hazō rolls a 4-point. Hidan rolls a 4-point. Tie.
Hazō: 2 5 5
Hidan: 3 5 6 / 1 4 6 / 2 3 6 / 4 4 5
Hazō rolls a 2-point. Hidan rolls a 5-point. Hidan wins.
2 villagers are dead. 171 prisoners remain.

Round 3
Hazō: 6 1 1
Hidan: 3 5 6 / 1 2 6 / 1 3 5 / 4 4 6
Hazō rolls a 6-point. Hidan rolls a 6-point. Tie.
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 5 5
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 1-point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 1 villager is safe. 170 prisoners remain.

Round 4
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 4 6 / 2 2 4
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 4-point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 2 villagers are safe. 169 prisoners remain.

Round 5
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 2 3
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls 1-2-3. Hidan loses automatically. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 3 villagers are safe. 168 prisoners remain.

Round 6
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 1 4
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 4 point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 4 villagers are safe. 167 prisoners remain.

Round 7
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 2 6 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 2 point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 5 villagers are safe. 166 prisoners remain.


Round 8
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 4 5 / 2 3 4 / 1 5 5
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 1-point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 6 villagers are safe. 165 prisoners remain.

Round 9
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 4 5 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls 4-5-6. Tie.
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 4 6 / 2 5 6 / 2 2 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 6-point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 7 villagers are safe. 164 prisoners remain.

Round 10
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 2 3
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls 1-2-3. Hidan loses automatically. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 8 villagers are safe. 163 prisoners remain.

Round 11
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 5 6 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 5 point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 9 villagers are safe. 162 prisoners remain.

Round 12
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 5 6 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 5 point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 10 villagers are safe. 161 prisoners remain.

Round 13
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 6 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 1 point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 11 villagers are safe. 160 prisoners remain.

Round 14
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 2 4 5 / 1 5 5
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 1-point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 12 villagers are safe. 159 prisoners remain.

Round 15
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 3 6 / 2 4 6 / 1 4 6 / 1 2 3
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls 1-2-3. Hidan loses automatically. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 13 villagers are safe. 158 prisoners remain.

Round 16
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 2 6 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 2 point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 14 villagers are safe. 157 prisoners remain.

Round 17
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 2 3 4 / 4 4 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 6-point. Hazō wins.
2 villagers are dead. 15 villagers are safe. 156 prisoners remain.

A young man cheers for Hazō's extraordinary success. Is he a kami come to save them from the bloodthirsty monster?

Hidan kills him. It isn't quick.

Silence.

Round 18
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 3 4 / 2 3 5 / 2 6 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 2-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 16 villagers are safe. 154 prisoners remain.

Round 19
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 3 4 4
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 3 point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 17 villagers are safe. 153 prisoners remain.

Round 20
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 2 6 / 2 3 3
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 2-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 18 villagers are safe. 152 prisoners remain.

Round 21
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 2 4 5 / 1 4 6 / 3 5 5
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 3-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 19 villagers are safe. 151 prisoners remain.

Round 22
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 4 5 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls 4-5-6. Tie.
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 2 5 / 1 2 4 / 2 2 5
3 villagers are dead. 20 villagers are safe. 150 prisoners remain.

Round 23
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 4 5 / 2 4 6 / 1 2 5 / 1 1 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 6-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 21 villagers are safe. 149 prisoners remain.

Round 24
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 5 5 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 6-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 22 villagers are safe. 148 prisoners remain.

Round 25
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 3 4 6 / 1 3 6 / 3 4 4
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 3-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 23 villagers are safe. 147 prisoners remain.

Round 26
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 5 6 / 4 5 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls 4-5-6. Tie.
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 3 4 5 / 2 2 4
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 4-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 24 villagers are safe. 146 prisoners remain.

Round 27
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 3 4 6 / 3 4 5 / 3 4 6 / 5 5 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 6-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 25 villagers are safe. 145 prisoners remain.

Round 28
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 2 3 6 / 1 2 5 / 2 2 4
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 4-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 26 villagers are safe. 144 prisoners remain.

Round 29
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 2 2 4
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 4-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 27 villagers are safe. 143 prisoners remain.

Round 30
Hazō: 4 5 6
Hidan: 1 6 6
Hazō rolls 4-5-6. Hidan rolls a 1-point. Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 28 villagers are safe. 142 prisoners remain.

Hazō's hands were beginning to get tired when Hidan sat back and whistled. "Well, chop me up and throw me in a stew if that ain't the luckiest run of Chinchiro I've seen since I was dumb enough to play with Itachi."

"Is this proof enough for you?" Hazō asked.

"Lord Jashin helps those who help themselves," Hidan repeated. "But he doesn't like bein' cheated of his sacrifices either. It's my turn to pick, and we're going with Chō-Han."

A game of pure luck. Statistically, seventy people dead if Hazō and Hidan played to the end.

"Oi, which one of you is the village elder?" Hidan demanded.

No one came forth. However, Hazō and Hidan were both ninja, and even in the dark they could spot a few heads reflexively turning to look in the same direction.

Hidan sighed. "Did I mention how anyone who tries my patience gets to skip to the head of the queue?" He strode over and lifted the old man (by village civilian standards, so at least forty) by the collar with one hand, then threw him at Hazō's feet. "What d'ya reckon, kid, shall I teach this one what happens to people who don't listen to Lord Jashin's chosen?"

"You picked the elder for a reason, didn't you?" Hazō said quickly. "If you kill him, you'll have to waste time while they choose a successor for you."

"Fair," Hidan said. "You know how to play Chō-Han, old man?"

"I-I've heard of it, honourable n-ninja."

"Good enough." In a single sweeping movement, Hidan cut the elder's ropes. The man flinched but, to his credit, sensibly stayed still.

Hidan, who really had come prepared, fished a cup out of a pouch. "Hand him a couple of dice, kid."

Hazō gently handed the elder the dice. The man shuddered, obviously coming to the same conclusion as Hazō regarding their origin. He gave a humble please-don't-kill-me bow of thanks.

"All right," Hidan said with a grin. "Let's get this show on the road."

-o-​

Rules: the dealer shakes the dice in a cup. Players bet blindly on whether they will come out even (Chō) or odd (Han).

Round 31
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 2 6 = Chō
Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 29 villagers are safe. 141 prisoners remain.

Round 32
Hidan: Chō
Hazō: Han
Dice: 1 4 = Han
Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 30 villagers are safe. 140 prisoners remain.

Round 33
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 3 3 = Chō
Hazō wins.
3 villagers are dead. 31 villagers are safe. 139 prisoners remain.

Round 34
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 1 2 = Han
Hidan wins.
Hidan kills the elder.
4 villagers are dead. 31 villagers are safe. 138 prisoners remain.

"Looks like we're gonna need a new dealer," Hidan said casually as he threw the elder's body in a random direction, sending blood spraying everywhere.

He pointed an index finger at the crowd of villagers, counting one by one.

"Red-eye, sharky, toy boy, scrooge, who's gonna be my latest stooge?"

His finger ended up pointing at a girl younger than Hazō. "You'll do." She paled, but managed to stop herself before she made a sound.

Something—anger? Horror? Protective instinct?—flared inside Hazō.

"Hold it!" He shouted. "Who said you get to pick? If I win next round, I might want to save somebody else."

He could feel a hundred cold stares on his skin. They could forgive him—he hoped—when him choosing somebody meant passing over somebody else, but he couldn't deny that there was something monstrous about refusing to save a child. Even though in reality, he was just making sure Hidan's next win wouldn't be an automatic death sentence for her.

His gaze swept over the crowd, waiting, seeking, until finally a bald man with an abandoned crutch lying next to his feet met his eyes, and gave him a grim nod.

"You can stay there," Hazō said to the girl. "I want that one." And maybe, by the time her turn came round, they'd have moved on to a game with better than fifty-fifty odds.

"Six and two threes to me," Hidan said. "This old-timer probably has more blood in him anyway."

"What's your name?" Hazō asked the man quietly as he held still for his ropes to be cut off. The others were simply people he was failing to save, but this was a man he was almost certainly condemning to death.

"Tetsu Yūki, honourable ninja.

"Please don't let the other honourable ninja have Kanako," he said in a lower voice. "She's a sweet girl who never hurt a fly."

Hazō nodded.

"That's enough of that," Hidan said. "Lord Jashin won't be happy if the test's not done by daybreak."

He passed Tetsu the dice, the 1 and 2 faces still stained with the elder's blood. "Let's go."

-o-​

Round 35
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 5 6 = Han
Hidan kills Tetsu.
5 villagers are dead. 31 villagers are safe. 137 prisoners remain.

In acknowledgement of Tetsu's courage, Hidan agrees not to kill the dealers.

Round 36
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 1 2 = Han
6 villagers are dead. 31 villagers are safe. 136 prisoners remain.

Round 37
Hazō: Han
Hidan: Chō
Dice: 3 5 = Chō
Hazō saves Kanako.
7 villagers are dead. 31 villagers are safe. 135 prisoners remain.

Round 38
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 1 3 = Chō
7 villagers are dead. 32 villagers are safe. 134 prisoners remain.

Round 39
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 3 4 = Han
8 villagers are dead. 32 villagers are safe. 133 prisoners remain.

Round 40
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 3 5 = Chō
8 villagers are dead. 33 villagers are safe. 132 prisoners remain.

Round 41
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 6 5 = Han
9 villagers are dead. 33 villagers are safe. 131 prisoners remain.

Round 42
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice 2 6 = Chō
9 villagers are dead. 34 villagers are safe. 130 prisoners remain.

Round 43
Hazō: Han
Hidan: Chō
Dice: 2 1 = Han
9 villagers are dead. 35 villagers are safe. 129 prisoners remain.

Round 44
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 1 6 = Han
10 villagers are dead. 35 villagers are safe. 128 prisoners remain.

Round 45
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 4 2 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 36 villagers are safe. 127 prisoners remain.

Round 46
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 6 4 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 37 villagers are safe. 126 prisoners remain.

Round 47
Hazō: Han
Hidan: Chō
Dice: 6 3 = Han
10 villagers are dead. 38 villagers are safe. 125 prisoners remain.

Round 48
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 3 5 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 39 villagers are safe. 124 prisoners remain.

Round 49
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 6 2 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 40 villagers are safe. 123 prisoners remain.

Round 50
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 5 3 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 41 villagers are safe. 122 prisoners remain.

Round 51
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 2 2 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 42 villagers are safe. 121 prisoners remain.

Round 52
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 6 6 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 43 villagers are safe. 120 prisoners remain.

Round 53
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 3 5 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 44 villagers are safe. 119 prisoners remain.

Round 54
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 1 5 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 45 villagers are safe. 118 prisoners remain.

Round 55
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 5 5 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 46 villagers are safe. 117 prisoners remain.

Round 56
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 5 3 = Chō
10 villagers are dead. 47 villagers are safe. 116 prisoners remain.

Round 57
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 1 2 = Han
11 villagers are dead. 47 villagers are safe. 115 prisoners remain.

Round 58
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 5 2 = Han
12 villagers are dead. 47 villagers are safe. 114 prisoners remain.

Round 59
Hazō: Chō
Hidan: Han
Dice: 6 4 = Chō
12 villagers are dead. 48 villagers are safe. 113 prisoners remain.

Round 60
Hidan: Han
Hazō: Chō
Dice: 1 2 = Han
13 villagers are dead. 48 villagers are safe. 112 prisoners remain.

Hidan roared with laughter as he eviscerated the last civilian. "Fine. Ya got me. First ya had the guts to cheat to my face twenty-six times in a row, then ya beat me with two-to-one odds at a fifty/fifty game. I accept defeat. Ya still got Lord Jashin's favour, and how."

"Does that mean you'll be letting the rest of these people go?" Hazō asked cautiously.

Hidan considered, running his finger absent-mindedly along the edge of his scythe. Having seen that thing in action, Hazō couldn't begin to imagine how he wasn't cutting himself.

"I had a whole lotta games ready," he said, "and it would be lame to just throw all of that away, even if Lord Jashin loves ya. I reckon we keep goin'. It's not lookin' like my night, so maybe ya'll get to save a few more people before I kill the rest."

"What."

"They're sacrifices," Hidan said as if it was obvious. "They get the honour and privilege of bleeding for Lord Jashin. The ones you didn't win, anyway. Why, ya thought I'd just let them wander off like sheep when we were done here?"

Hell no. Hazō was not going to let more lives seep through his fingers, one by one, for the sake of a lunatic's entertainment.

"One game," Hazō said. "Let's do this properly. Winner takes all."

Hidan grinned. "Some of Lord Jashin's favourite words. Whatcha got in mind, kid? And no dice this time—ya don't get to pull that trick twice."

"Cards, then," Hazō said. "The Bingo Book says you're from Hot Springs. Do you play Geyser Blade?"

Hidan groped around in the folds of his robe and pulled out a battered old deck.

"Not anymore," he said. "The other Akatsuki guys hate it, and everyone else who liked to play… well, only one currency, remember?"

Perfect. The last thing Hazō wanted was for Hidan to reject his pick and present a counter-offer that put Hazō at a disadvantage. Fortunately, that abysmal visit to Hot Springs had taught him that the locals loved Byakuren's Crow, one of Hazō's favourite obscure card games, even if they called it by a silly name.

"I'm game if you are," he told Hidan.

"Best of five?" the missing-nin asked as if doing Hazō a favour.

Hazō gave him a smirk that would make Mari proud.

"You won't make it that far."

-o-​

These rules are completely arbitrary, much like Hidan, and involve a d100 roll with minor modifiers.

Modifiers:

Hidan:
Gambles regularly with extremely smart and/or scary uber-ninja (+30)
Marked cards (+40)
S-rank ninja (cheating has become second nature) (+20)

Hazō:
Experienced gamer (+20)
Spent half a year running his own casino (+20)
Taught probability by Keiko when preparing for the Chūnin Exam (+20)
Card counting is just another kind of list (+40)
Ultimate poker face (+30)

Round 1
Hidan: 58 + 90 = 148
Hazō: 45 + 130 = 175
Hazō wins.

Round 2
Hidan: 73 + 90 = 163
Hazō: 88 + 130 = 218
Hazō wins.

Round 3.
Hidan: 7 + 90 = 97
Hazō: 72 + 130 = 202.
Hazō dominates.

"And we're done," Hazō said smoothly. "The remaining cards in your hand are two threes, a Wand, and a Fireball. I have the last Yata Mirror in the deck, and based on what you've played so far, the card you must have slipped into your robe earlier is either a four or a five. Also, this isn't actually a two in my hand. I added the tear on the corner myself.

"Would you like to surrender, or shall we prolong your suffering?"

-o-​

"So let me get this straight," Asuma said, cradling his head in his hands. "You had one of the most terrifying killers on the planet, a man who treats genocide as a hobby, turn up in your home and tell you he'd taken an entire village hostage."

"More or less."

"And you resolved the situation with less than ten percent casualties."

"That's right."

"And received your own holy symbol as proof of Jashin's extreme favour."

"Which I've handed over for analysis."

"And persuaded him to go fight our other worst enemies whom we can't touch ourselves."

"Pretty much."

"Hazō," Asuma said wearily, "what are we going to do with you?"

"Sir?"

Asuma levered himself upright again. In his defence, these were the early hours of the morning. Hazō figured that someone in his position couldn't afford not to report encounters with enemies of the state immediately and in person.

"On the one hand, this is a case of your sins coming back to haunt the entire village. I don't need to tell you how many people, not just civilians, could have died tonight if a single thing had gone wrong, all because a few months ago you saw fit to go over my head. You playing geopolitics without clearing it with me first is just another example of the same pattern of behaviour. Your choices could have vast ramifications for all of us, and whatever consequences arise from this decision will be exclusively on your head."

"I understand, sir," Hazō said coolly. "Nevertheless, I feel I did the best I could under the circumstances."

"That would be the other hand." Asuma smiled unexpectedly. "You are many things, Hazō, but you are not disloyal and you are not stupid. I am choosing to trust you, and if you didn't deliberately go out of your way to consort with Akatsuki tonight, that means you were faced with a nightmare situation you couldn't possibly have been ready for, and you handled it better than I could have hoped.

"I'll want a proper debriefing in the morning, because we will need every last shred of information on Hidan if we're to have a chance of securing this village against more invasions like this one. For now, I think you should go get some well-earned rest. After what you've been through, there is no question that you need it."

"Not yet, sir," Hazō said. "I still have a job to do. For all that all of this was Hidan's fault, the fact is that the people of Bakuchioka suffered and died because Leaf couldn't protect them from an enemy ninja. Because I couldn't protect them. Whether you think it's appropriate to send anyone with me is up to you, but there are graves to dig and almost certainly injuries to treat."

And, of course, compensation to pay. Once again, Hazō had failed to protect the vulnerable, and once again, all he could do was throw money at them and hope it was enough.

"This wasn't your fault, Hazō," Asuma said firmly. "No one is going to blame you for only mostly stopping an out-of-control monster. Get some rest. That is an order from your Kage.

"You know," Asuma said after a second, "nobody's going to be digging graves for civilians, much less in the dark, but Tsunade will only thank me if I get one or two of her trainee medic-nin up at the crack of dawn to get some field experience."

"Thank you, sir."

"Good night, Hazō. And good job."

-o-​

XP awards for the night were covered in @eaglejarl's update. However, you have received 1 FP for winning a conflict with meaningful stakes. You were due another for receiving a Mental Consequence, but in the end Hazō's remarkable performance left him relatively untraumatised.

-o-​

In accordance with your request, Hidan has set off to massacre the Tsuchikage, Shirogane Kitae, and Ōnoki's other warhawk successors. Hopefully he'll face off against a jinchūriki and get killed in the process.

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 9th of January, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 403: Restitution

"Hazō, this better be important," Noburi mumbled, wiping the sleep from his eyes as he trailed into the secure briefing room, last of the Gōketsu inner family to do so.

Hazō stopped banging the pots together and gaped at his brother. "Did Mari not tell you that I was getting abducted by an S-rank psychopath?"

"I wasn't sure," Mari said. "All I knew was that something was wrong and you needed us out of the way. It could have been an ANBU mission, or a girl, or anything." She glanced at Noburi in amusement. "But, yes, I told them that something was wrong."

"Yeah, but does it need to be dealt with tonight?" Noburi whined.

"Yes, it does. Something else does, too." He stepped forward and swept Akane into a hug. Surprised, she put her arms around him and hugged back.

"I was terrified that he was going to go after all of you," Hazō murmured. He held her for a moment longer, then let go and stepped back. "Hidan came calling last night," he announced.

Surprised noises from all.

"He wanted to verify that I 'still had Lord Jashin's favor' and then he wanted to know why Uplift was taking so long and who he could kill to speed it up. I told him to go take out the Kage of Rock and all of her potential successors."

Mari inhaled sharply, her eyes going wide. "Hazō, did you—"

"I already spoke to Asuma. He's okay with it, and admitted that I'm not disloyal. He even said he trusts me."

Everyone sagged in relief...except for Kagome.

"Drat. Guess I still can't get them to go missing."

"I'll do the full briefing in a moment," Hazō said, "but first I want to ask one thing because it will inform the rest: Mari, how connected are we to Jiraiya's old spy network?"

"Not at all," she said. "We handed over all the information because we are loyal Leaf nin and we didn't keep copies because we aren't stupid. Do I remember some of it? Yes. Will I ever go near those people or share the information with anyone, even you and even under orders? No. Asuma might be warming up to you but I'm not taking any chances."

"Fine. Okay, let me run through what happened and then I want to make a list of all our potential enemies and what countermeasures we can put in place.

"He was waiting for me in my office, sitting in my chair with that scythe against the wall..."

o-o-o-o​

"Okay, Gaku, what have you got for me?"

"How are you feeling this morning, sir?"

"Better than expected, actually. Yes, I slept for crap, but I have decided to take this as a challenge to do better instead of an utter failure. As Rock Lee might say: I will train harder so that next time fewer mistakes are made. And, as the first step in my training: Paperwork! I'm ready for anything, so...do your worst!"

Was it Hazō's imagination, or did Gaku's smile have an implicit 'challenge accepted!' behind it? Was that a good thing? Hazō's determination and positive front was paper-thin; he was holding the requisite mindset but it took effort to do so, and he wasn't sure how well it would stand up under an actual assault from the world's greatest (now that Shikigami was dead) wielder of the Paper Element.

The older man reached into his bag and flomped a stack of paper on the desk. There was enough of it that the desk bounced. Hazō groaned.

"First, the report on various ongoing projects, sir:

"The koi are doing fine. The junior piscitist turned out to be capable of managing things. If the fish are used for chakra then it will be at least six months before they can breed. They typically breed some time between May and July, meaning that Lord Noburi may draw on them for the next six weeks or so but should refrain after that point. After they have spawned it is safe to tap the adults for another six months, or longer if we don't need them to breed. The spawn take approximately a year to reach sexual maturity, at which point we can either breed them or tap them for chakra. One of the fish sickened and died at the change in environment, so we only have eleven. No more are forthcoming, as we are expected to breed our stock up to forty on our own.

"Skysliders are progressing, although we are no longer allowed to use Hokage Monument as a launch point, as Lord Asuma was worried about information security. The team has found some modest hills that work well enough for basic testing. They have a design which will usually travel in a straight line so long as the wind conditions are calm. The sky spirits are usually willing to support enough that it can travel a hundred feet or so, although the builders were eager to emphasize that they had one test that went two hundred.

"The aqueduct is in progress. They have installed the initial uptake and the screw to lift the water. The architect is having trouble with that part of the process and doesn't want to build the rest of the structure until the screw is reliable and producing sufficient flow. He asked for another month.

"This is your weekly reminder that you are still not doing anything with the family iron mine.

"Harumitsu had his fitting with the Aburame for glasses. He found it very confusing but they seemed pleased with the results.

"The GED continues to work well. Many of the civilian members of the clan have expressed their enjoyment and sense of empowerment at the lessons. Most of them sounded surprised about that—they had expected it to be a waste of time, but I am aware of at least twelve people who were continuing to study beyond the requirements. There have been no further incidents with any of the teachers.

"The storage seal bank is continuing to generate a profit. I asked the Nara to put together a report on the effect it's been having, as I thought that would be something you would enjoy reading. It should be ready in two weeks, but the preliminary data is very positive.

"The sewage and plumbing teams have put together a preliminary test project that has seen basic success, although the ground is now too cold for further development. They are pleased with their 'septic field' idea and look forward to continuing the research once the thaw comes.

"The Seventh Path Trade Emporium is picking up steam. The Summoners rejected Enma's proposal of a fixed retainer and insisted on the percentage fee that you originally proposed. As a result, the Gōketsu have taken in approximately fifty thousand ryō worth of trade goods as our cut this week. One third of that was due to a trade between the Turtles and the Monkeys. Herbs and dyes, apparently.

"Lord Kagome's students are taking up the slack on explosive seal production for the clan, and Lord Kagome seems to have mostly stopped twitching at the change. I am cautiously optimistic about the probable existence of the estate two weeks from now. Regardless, you and Lord Kagome no longer need to spend time on it unless something changes.

"Lady Mari has been having success with the Merchant Council. She's been very successful at getting us permits, getting legal interpretations made, massaging the outcomes of tribunals, and so on. Additionally, she submitted a report about what she called the 'teeny-weeniest beginning of a spy network' that she has been developing. She said not to get impatient, because setting up a single valuable long-term asset is the work of months, sometimes years.

"As you know, Ebisu-sensei and the Hokage have had something of a wager for several months now...something about a 'mini Chūnin Exam'? It should have been done some time ago, but there were delays for various reasons. The 'Exams' will be happening shortly, although a precise date has not been chosen yet.

"As to clan finances..."

o-o-o-o​

"NINJA!"

The villagers of Bakuchioka had been burying their dead in one of the fields. At the sentry's word they dropped their tools and ran in all directions as fast as they could, not even taking the time to look.

"No, please! Please, it's me, Hazō, the one who tried to save you!"

No one slowed down.

Hazō sighed and raced forward at top speed. He needed to get to the village proper and make his peaceful intentions known before everyone bailed.

His first contact had been at the outer edge of the farthest field. It took him three minutes, using as much chakra as he could sustain, to make it to the village. The place was already half evacuated, but he managed to catch up to Kanako, the girl he had saved from being the dealer in the game of Chō-Han, and a woman who was probably her mother. They were running away, but Hazō Substituted himself in front of them and dropped to seiza, holding his hands out in placation.

"Please, wait! Don't run. I mean you no harm. I'm here to make restitution."

The woman stopped, shrinking away in fear with Kanako pulled tight against her chest.

"Please, my name is Gōketsu Hazō. I'm the son of Jiraiya of the Three, if that helps. Hidan forced me to be here yesterday. He forced me to play those games. I did everything I could to save you, all of you. Please don't run. Please."

Kanako's presumable mother paused, some of the tension going from her body.

"Please, I did everything I could," Hazō continued, a slight optimism buoying him up at the woman's reaction. "I risked cheating against a man who could have killed me with a thought. It was the only way I could save you. Please don't run. You can if you want, I won't go after you, but please don't."

"What do you want?" the woman asked hesitantly.

"I want to apologize and to make restitution. I should have been able to do more, to save everyone."

"Your gracious apology is gratefully accepted, honorable ninja. No restitution is necessary. We thank you for your kindness." She bowed, repeatedly and deeply, nudging Kanako to follow along.

"Restitution is necessary," Hazō said. "I should have been able to save everyone. I am a ninja of the Leaf; it is literally my job to save you."

"It is?" the girl asked. "I thought ninja were—"

"Hush!" her mother snapped, clamping her hand over the girl's mouth. "Do not bother the honorable ninja with your prattling!" The words were firm but her voice was filled with terror, all of the tiny traces of relaxation gone.

"It's alright," Hazō said, gesturing for her to be calm. He allowed his hands to drift slowly to his thighs, making his position as non-threatening as he could. "Please, I just want to help."

"Thank you very much, honorable ninja," she said, shifting Kanako slightly to the side so that she was able to bow past horizontal. "Thank you, you are very kind. It is truly not necessary."

Hazō sighed. "Please...let me help."

"Let him help, Rieko," a man said, stepping out of one of the huts and limping towards them. He had a club foot, a bad one, and a hunch. Hazō couldn't tell if the hunch was a natural birth defect or poorly-healed broken ribs.

"Thank you, great one," the man said, reaching the conversation and lowering himself stiffly into a full dogeza. "You saved us. The other ninja would have killed us all, and you did everything you could. You truly embody the Will of Fire."

"...Thank you," Hazō said. "I wish I could have done more. And please, sit comfortably. No one here should bow to me. Too many died."

The man forced himself to a seated position; it took multiple seconds and he winced multiple times. He wiped the worst of the dust off his shirt and gave the deepest bow one can manage while moving only the head and neck. His face twisted into a bitter smile. "Too many died? My Lord, we lost thirteen. That's a bad winter."

Hazō blinked. "A bad winter?" He looked around in shock at the collection of huts that surrounded them. "How can you survive that? There's...two hundred people here? How can you sustain that loss rate?"

The man shrugged a lifetime of fatalism. "We have children to replace them. And sometimes people move here. The land is good and we are close enough to Leaf that the monsters are largely suppressed, yet not...too close. If you'll forgive the words."

"No forgiveness needed," Hazō said. "There are things I would like to offer your village, but you are the ones who know best what you actually need. What can I do that will help the most?" Something occurred to him and he hurried to add, "I'm sorry, what is your name? I am Gōketsu Hazō."

"I am Kunio, My Lord. As to what we need...good weather. No drought. The fields to not give up their soul. No fires burning up the trees we gather firewood from, or spreading to the village. No monster attacks. Winters that do not linger until the stored food runs out. The occasional tinker to bring metal goods. We are simple people."

Hazō nodded thoughtfully. "I can't do anything about the weather, but I can help with most of the rest. In particular, the Motoyoshi recently made public a fertilization jutsu. I'll send people out to use it."

Kunio's eyes went wide and Rieko gaped. She was so shocked that her hand slipped away from her daughter's mouth.

"Are you aware of till'n'fill missions?" Hazō asked.

Kunio frowned. "My Lord?"

"It's a new category of ninja missions. It involves using jutsu for economic purposes."

"Ecowhat, My Lord?"

"For daily things like plowing, building houses, or irrigating fields. Directly helping civilians, making your lives easier."

Rieko and Kunio exchanged baffled looks. Slowly, Rieko dropped to seiza in the dust of the road, pulling Kanako down beside her. By no accident at all, the woman and daughter ended up mostly behind Kunio.

"My Lord, I don't understand," Kunio said carefully. "A ninja mission to help civilians?"

"Exactly."

"A mission that involves ninja using jutsu to do things around the village."

"Right."

"Things like killing wild animals?" Kunio asked.

"No. Well, yes, we do that too, but that's a different category of mission. Till'n'fills are things like plowing, irrigating, and building."

"Plowing, irrigating, and building...with ninja magic."

"You got it."

Kunio looked around vaguely, apparently expecting the world to explain itself at any moment.

"My Lord, I don't mean to be rude," he asked after a moment, "but...why would any ninja do that?"

Hazō struggled to suppress a laugh. "It pays."

"Someone will pay money for ninja to help civilians like us."

"Yup."

"I am confused, My Lord. You're saying that a ninja will use magic for usef—for civilians, because someone pays them?"

The laugh escaped despite Hazō's best efforts. "That's it exactly."

"How many sacrifices are required? Are they looking for lives, or wives, or...?"

"No, no. Just money. Ryō."

The world finally re-aligned itself. "Ah, I see. My Lord, our village thanks you for your kindness, and we apologize most profusely for wasting your time. We have no money with which to pay."

"I didn't think you did, so I'll be funding them. I thought I could build some walls for you today, and we can walk around for a bit so that you can show me what else would be useful."

Kunio's universe had once again broken.

"You've never seen this kind of thing?" Hazō asked. "Didn't the medics come out last night? Asuma—the Hokage—said that he was going to send some to look after you."

"Yes, My Lord. They came. They looked us over and found that we were hale enough."

Hazō frowned. "They didn't actually heal anyone?"

Kunio shifted nervously. "They did an excellent job, My Lord. They were most kind, and wise. It was very gracious of them to come."

"How many people did they actually apply healing chakra to?"

"I have no numbers, My Lord. I never learned."

"Nobody," Kanako whispered. Her mother blanched and covered her daughter's mouth again.

"They were very generous with their magics, My Lord," the mother babbled. "Very skilled and wise. We were most fortunate to have them visit us, My Lord."

Only the Iron Nerve allowed Hazō to keep the volcanic fury from showing on his face. It would only terrify those he spoke with.

"I'm sure they were," he said, smiling a perfect smile that he could create only because the Iron Nerve remembered everything, including smiles from times when he didn't want to rip the lungs out of lazy ninja who blew off a mission assigned by their Hokage because they were too arrogant to believe in the value of civilian life. "Nevertheless, I will ask my brother Noburi to come and check you all over. He's worked with civilians before, he's good at it, and he enjoys it."

"There's really no need, My Lord," Kunio said quickly. "It's very kind of you, My Lord, but really not necessary. The previous pair were far more generous than we deserve. We would not wish to waste the valuable time of our ninja protectors more than has already been done."

"Humor me," Hazō said through gritted teeth. The fury was rising, cracking the Iron Nerve apart in bursts of static. He could feel the vein in his temple throbbing.

All three civilians cringed, and Hazō forced himself to take a breath.

"He's been looking to work with a broader spectrum of people," he improvised. "The injuries that we see in Leaf tend to be similar. In order to expand his skills he needs to work with people who have different needs."

"Yes, My Lord." Kunio was visibly trying not to cringe.

"Look," Hazō said, "I'm happy to pay for till'n'fills for the next few years. I want to do that, if you'll let me. It won't be enough, but it will be at least a token gesture at resolving my guilt. A ninja's job is to protect the people of his nation, and I failed at that yesterday. Alternatively, all of you are welcome to come live on my estate. There's food, as much as you want. There's water, and medicine, and other people. Ninja and civilian both. You would be safe, and as comfortable as we can make you."

Kunio looked sick. "My Lord...we will go wherever you tell us to."

"No!" Hazō snapped. The civilians cringed and he forced himself to calm down. "Look, it's an offer, not a requirement. This is your land, and I'm sure you've lived here for generations. If you want to stay, you can stay. If you want to come to the Gōketsu estate, you can do that too. You're welcome to visit and see what it's like before making your decision, and you can change your mind whenever you like."

Kunio bowed deeply, the other two following his gesture an instant later. "You are kind and generous, My Lord, and very wise," Kunio said into the dirt. "We thank you."

Hazō sighed and pushed himself to his feet. "Look, how about we walk around the village and you show me what would be useful, okay? If you have trees you want knocked down, I can do that. If you have stumps you want removed, I can do that. I can conjure up stone walls to reinforce your houses. Alternatively, I can encircle the entire village with a granite wall that should help keep out any dangerous animals...if that would be useful then I would be happy to do that for you. You'll need to show me where you want the gates." He stepped forward and offered a hand to Kunio. The man gaped but several seconds before carefully taking Hazō's hand and using it to lever himself upright.

"My Lord, there's truly no need..."

"I would like to do it, Kunio. I won't if you say not, but please let me?"

Kunio looked around in bafflement, clearly expecting someone to jump out of thin air and say that it was all a joke. "Yes, My Lord. And thank you."

"You're welcome. Now, I can do about two hundred, maybe three hundred feet today. If that's not enough then I'll come back tomorrow and finish it. While we've got the light, let's look for anything quicker. Stumps, rocks too heavy for you to move, that kind of thing."

"Yes, My Lord."





XP AWARD: 4

Brevity XP: 1

Ami-style Training: 0
There wasn't enough time.

"GM had fun" XP: 1
  • +1 for scene: Till'n'fill


Hazō finished helping the village. People trickled back in as the day went on and were slowly convinced by Kunio, Rieko, and Kanako that everything was okay. Things picked up steam once they accepted that no, Hazō was not going to kill them and yes, he was going to help. Things that were accomplished:
  • Most of the houses in town were encased in granite by way of the Multiple Earth Wall, including the roof which is now equipped with a proper chimney instead of a smokehole. It renders them much safer and less drafty. A wall will go up around the village over the next couple of days.
  • A bunch of large trees were exploded down. Given the new insulation and superior chimneys of the buildings, they will provide enough firewood to take the entire village through the winter in comfort.
  • A Force Wall was set up in a mobile frame and several of the young men used it to very carefully section up the fallen trees and then chop down several smaller ones.
  • Various inconvenient stumps were blown to flinders.
  • Tunnel Excavation dug a massive hole that can be used to keep food cold.
  • Another application of Tunnel Excavation cut through an inconveniently-placed berm and destroyed a pair of large boulders that had been complicating plowing.
  • Hazō made a list of all the things people said would be useful and gave the list to Gaku. Ninja will be hired and sent out over the next few days as people with the relevant skills become available. One of the missions is to use the fertility jutsu to enrich the fields; it's September and therefore too late to plant but the fields will be magically fertile in the spring.


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, January 13, 2020, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Interlude: The Ancient and the Heir of Youth

The sky was wrong. More wrong than Neji could have imagined. He was a scion of the Hyūga, the Clan that Faces the Sun, the clan that wore only the colour of pure radiance while others tainted themselves with dyes. The clan whose eyes alone were worthy of beholding the majesty of the sun, while all others would be blinded for their presumption.

What was a Hyūga in a land with no sun at all?

No, he had to focus. He was here not only as a representative of the Hyūga, but a representative of Team Gai. Neji had earned this, with the patience of a god. He had earned the right to study under Gai-sensei, his sheer potential outweighing his absolute refusal to embrace Gai-sensei's philosophy. He had earned leadership of the team, tolerating Rock Lee's antics and Tenten's refusal to talk like a normal person where anyone else would have gone insane in the first month. He had earned their trust in order to be here now. The Summon Realm was nothing more than another test of his patience set by a sadistic universe.

Neji surveyed his surroundings apprehensively. He stood on a hill in the middle of a craggy plain dotted with boulders and megaflora. From his elevated position, he could see enormous tortoises wandering the area, seemingly aimlessly. Mountains loomed in the distance on one side, a sweeping beach on another. The sky above was a horrifying green, with no visible sun or other source of light.

Neji appeared to be alone (which was odd, since it implied that his reverse-summoner had decided to abandon him as soon as he was distracted), and he took the opportunity to run a last-minute check before descending to look for the clan boss. His dress uniform was impeccable. An enormous cylindrical case (he wasn't willing to risk using seals in front of an unfamiliar clan just yet) was safely on his back. The garland of crimson clovers… he should probably remove that before the meeting, in case it turned out to be offensive (Gai-sensei's notes on the Turtle Clan were sparse, and cruelly amounted to "Be youthful and all shall be well"). The garland was a good-luck charm from Hanabi, personally picked in the forest with an elite chūnin escort, and allegedly expressed a wish for success in flower language (or, according to Hanabi, "May you bathe in the blood of your enemies until white turns to crimson and fate itself can't see you bleed"). In another pocket of his belt pouch, only because he wanted all the luck he could get, was a letter from her, wishing him fortune in battle in bewildering Isanese style—also, worryingly, with reference to the blood of his enemies.

Good enough.

But as he took his first steps in an arbitrarily-chosen direction, the hill began to shake beneath his feet. Immediately, Neji sent his chakra down in superior Hyūga chakra adhesion, only to feel it impossibly repelled, as if by a mass of chakra that refused to be stuck to with an intensity ordinary human flesh could only dream of. Taken off guard, he found himself tumbling to flat ground in a fashion so humiliating no one back on the Human Path must ever hear of it.

Then, as he picked himself up and brushed off his uniform, he realised he had not been standing on a hill at all.

"BE WELCOME ON THE SEVENTH PATH, CHILD OF MAN," boomed a voice that made the ground beneath Neji's feet tremble. A head the size of a building swivelled to study him from above, and the scale of it nearly brought him to his knees.

But it did not. He was a Hyūga, and a Hyūga prepared by Lady Hinata herself at that. To stumble here would be an insult to her and her teaching.

"Greetings, head of the Turtle Clan," Neji said, hoping this really was the clan boss and this entire plain wasn't an even bigger tortoise waiting to surprise him. "I am Hyūga Neji, aspirant to the title of Turtle Summoner. Thank you for permitting me to visit you in your home; I have no words for such an honour."

He reached for the case on his back. "This is but a trifling gift, but please accept it as my expression of gratitude."

He pulled out and unfurled Lady Hinata's enormous calligraphy scroll (or rather, her tiny calligraphy scroll, on the scale of the godlike being towering over him). Lady Hinata rarely showed others her calligraphy pieces, but it was understood within the clan that she was remarkably skilled for her age, and in time might even surpass such masters of the art as Hyūga Fude and Amori Sumitomo.

"I do not know how familiar you are with Human Path writing, but this character means 'friendship', and this one means 'respect'."

"THE FUMINAGA STYLE," the clan boss boomed. "WE ARE SURPRISED IT SURVIVED. OUR SLATES WERE ON THE SUITEKI.

"BUT THAT IS OF NO CONSEQUENCE," it added before Neji found himself having to admit that he'd never heard either name. "HYŪGA NEJI, WE ARE KING KAMEHAMEHA OF THE TURTLE CLAN, FIRST AND ONLY OF THAT NAME. NOW COME, LEAP ONTO OUR HEAD, THAT TOGETHER WE MAY SING SONGS OF PRAISE TO THE SPIRIT OF YOUTH AS WE RUN ALONG THE BEACH!"

Neji's jaw dropped.

"I… uh… did you just…" he stammered helplessly.

He took a shaky step towards King Kamehameha.

"HOHOHO! HOW LONG WE HAVE WAITED TO USE THAT LINE."

"Uh," Neji said eloquently.

"No more than a human decade, my liege," a new voice replied drily.

Neji turned to see another tortoise, still huge but fit-in-a-large-building huge, whom he had completely failed to notice as he was mesmerised by the spectacle of the clan boss. The turtles he'd seen Gai-sensei summon had been a lot smaller.

"CHILD OF MAN, THIS IS KAMKŌDA, THE ROYAL KILLJOY."

"The term is 'royal chronicler', my liege," the other tortoise rebutted.

"THOSE WERE OUR VERY WORDS, WERE THEY NOT, HYŪGA NEJI?"

"Uh," Neji said with all the power of his diplomacy training.

"HOHOHO."

"Perhaps we should not tease the summoner candidate too much?" Kamkōda suggested. "Do you remember what the last one was like before he developed a sense of humour?"

"YES, KAMAITO GAI WAS AN ENTERTAINING ONE INDEED. WE FEEL DEEP SORROW AT HIS PASSING."

"Kamaito Gai?!" Neji asked without thinking. "Your Majesty," he added hastily.

"OF COURSE. THOUGH WE UNDERSTAND HE REVERED THE NAME WE BESTOWED UPON HIM TOO MUCH TO USE IN ORDINARY LIFE."

"But I thought his father's name was—" Neji cut himself off. Contradicting the monarch was unlikely to advance his cause.

"YOU SHALL BE KNOWN AS HYŪGA KAMEJI. WE TRUST THAT, UNLIKE HIM, YOU WILL BEAR THIS NAME AS A BADGE OF PRIDE WHEREVER YOU GO."

Gōketsu would have a field year.

"I-I'll do my—"

"HOHOHO."

Neji felt a wave of relief pass through him.

"YOU ARE YET FAR FROM EARNING A TURTLE CLAN HONOUR NAME, CHILD OF MAN," King Kamehameha clarified. The thought flickered through Neji's mind that maybe there wasn't that much hurry to advance as Turtle Summoner. Leaf had plenty of other summoners, after all.

Then he remembered that Gōketsu was even now growing in power as Toad Summoner. Neji would die before he allowed the smug foreigner to eclipse him.

"I will do my best, Your Majesty."

"GOOD. NOW, WE SHALL BEGIN THE TESTING."

"I am keen to prove myself, Your Majesty."

"FIRST THINGS FIRST. HAVE YOU BROUGHT A TRAINING SHELL?"

"What is a training shell?" Neji asked. He was getting a very, very bad feeling in the pit of his stomach.

"WE FEARED SO. KAMKŌDA, SUMMON KAMUFURAJI FOR US."

"Kamufuraji is the clan tailor," Kamkōda helpfully explained. "It is very rare for her to receive orders, so she will be delighted to prepare a training shell for you."

"And what is a training shell?" Neji asked, really not wanting to know the answer.

"A GARMENT DESIGNED SPECIALLY FOR OUR SUMMONERS. IT USES A UNIQUE FABRIC THAT STRETCHES TO FIT THE WEARER'S SIZE, AND APPLIES PRESSURE THAT MIMICS THE WEIGHT OF A LIGHT SHELL ON A FRAIL HUMAN BODY. WE BESTOWED THE SECRET OF ITS CREATION ON MANKIND ONLY RECENTLY, WITH THE FOUNDATION OF THE VILLAGE HIDDEN IN THE LEAVES, SO YOUR IGNORANCE SURPRISES US."

"It's green, isn't it?" Neji said as the full awareness of how doomed he was began to dawn on him.

"WHAT OTHER COLOUR COULD IT BE?"

-o-​

Neji offered thanks to the Sage a thousand times over that summoners couldn't bring other people to the Seventh Path with them, and so there was no chance of anyone seeing the greatest humiliation of his life.

"Now, Hyūga Neji, raise your flippers in jubilation and repeat after me: 'If I do not swim the length of this beach a hundred times, I will race to Plastromancer's Rock and back two hundred times without using chakra acceleration!"

"If I do not swim the length of this beach a hundred times, I will race to Plastromancer's Rock and back two hundred times without using chakra acceleration!" Neji shouted, raising his leaden arms to nearly shoulder level through raw force of will. The Turtles might have been naturally slow, but they made up for it with stamina to put the greatest of ninja to shame, and Neji was not yet the greatest of ninja.

Kamushafuto the Spinner was the first sensible-sized Turtle Neji had seen, being of equivalent age to Neji (Neji hadn't quite dared ask what that was in human years) and not that much bigger than him. Unfortunately, that was where "sensible" ended.

"Glory be to the Power of Youth!"

"Glory be to… the Power… of Youth!

"Are you sure," Neji asked, holding onto diplomacy by the skin of his teeth, "that this isn't another of His Majesty's pranks? Because if it is, I have seen through it and we can stop now."

"Are you kidding? This is how we Turtles roll. They say in the old days, Turtles past their seven-hundreds or so would get so bored of living they'd just fall asleep and not bother waking up. When Kamfaya and his Flames of Passion discovered how to be forever youthful on the inside, they saved our entire race!

"Now, start swimming! This freezing cold water is nothing with the fires of Youth to heat up your blood!"

All too late, Neji understood why the Turtles had no diplomatic relations with other clans.

-o-​

"Not the best performance," Kamkōda concluded after hearing the other Turtles' reports. "Points for effort, but you'll need to be a lot more youthful if you want to win the hearts of our proud warriors. A shame Kamaito Gai is no longer with us. You will need a great deal of remedial training, and you do not yet have the stamina to keep up with our teachers. Is there another youthful human you could accept as your master?"

Neji gritted his teeth. There were exactly two people in Leaf who'd absorbed the teachings to Gai-sensei's satisfaction. One was a hyperactive homoerotic nightmare, and the other was a promoted commoner from a clan whose very existence set his teeth on edge. Calling either of them "master" was a vision out of Naraka itself… but so was failing his team and his clan.

"Now, before you depart, proclaim your love of the Spirit of Youth with us one more time."

"Hooray for the Spirit of Youth!" Neji shouted at the top of his lungs, and then unsummoned himself before he murdered someone.

As his consciousness descended into the embrace of the aether, he thought he could hear a "HOHOHO" somewhere in the distance.

-o-​

Offscreen, you have received 2 + 1 = 3 XP.

-o-​

• Mari doesn't recommend that Hazō learn basic genjutsu, given his inability to keep up with his basic training priorities: he's already falling behind his peers with his primary combat skill, his deceptive skills without the Iron Nerve are genin-level, and the less said about his stealth, the better.
• Mari is shocked that you would explicitly want her to perform a task non-treasonously. Strictly speaking, as civilians the yakuza might be beneath the Hokage's notice, but on the other hand, there are no circumstances under which Asuma would be happy with an individual clan conducting dealings with a foreign criminal organisation whose first loyalty is firmly to a different village. She can talk to Asuma, with the most likely outcome being that their yakuza connection will be folded into Leaf's spy network (as it would have been under Jiraiya).
• Mari's Technique Hacking love was always genjutsu, a very specific discipline, and it was the kind of love that resulted in Truth Lost in the Fog (i.e. deeply unhealthy and self-destructive), so not something Mari is keen to re-embrace. On the other hand, your idea of therapeutic genjutsu makes her think back to her first days with Keiko, when she was trying to adapt horrible mind-warping techniques of doom to that very task. Of course, the hard part with that is not the genjutsu, it's figuring out what "therapeutic" means in the first place.
• The Shadow Clone Technique isn't as helpful for Technique Hacking as you might think, since any internal failures generally involve messing up your chakra, which will then travel right back to the main body—and if you wreck a shadow clone's brain with failed genjutsu, those effects will travel right back to you as well, which is actually worse than the traditional means of using paid civilian "volunteers" as test subjects. With that said, Mari has no actual objection to learning one of the most ridiculously overpowered techniques on the planet for free.
• Asuma wants Hazō to get Hidan to establish formal contact with Leaf, either himself or via some more sane member of—some other member of Akatsuki. Trying to kill Hidan is tempting, but Akatsuki's response would be unpredictable. If Hidan wants more targets, Asuma names the Rock jinchūriki. If Hidan has already taken out half a dozen elite jōnin (Ōnoki's successors) and both jinchūriki in a single attack, then you might as well throw him at the entirety of Cloud because Jashin has clearly made him invincible.
• No messages have arrived for the Gōketsu from Mist. Mari thinks the Wakahisa must consider the deal done, and would demand an additional trade for another expert.
• Asuma grants permission for Mari to learn the Shadow Clone Technique.
• Asuma will deal with the medic-nin who saw fit to reinterpret a direct order from their Kage in the harshest way possible, namely by conveying the information to Tsunade and then washing his hands of the whole affair.
• Mizuki is indeed enjoying the hospitality of T&I, and his public execution is already scheduled. Startlingly to Mist sensibilities, it will last only a single day.
• Your town-fixing plan poses problems. First, there is a vast number of settlements in Fire. Second, in many cases, dealing with one settlement's problems could take days. Third, estate genin are not clan genin, and it is questionable whether a single clan would be allowed to tie up large numbers of them outside the village for days at a time. Fourth, Hazō's experience at Bakuchioka suggests that giving MEW walls to a single settlement is a long-term project due to the extreme chakra cost.
• Ami-style training was successful, though more due to Mari's creativity than to that of the idea itself. It belatedly occurs to you that a clan head's favours would be worth a lot in Ami's favour economy, and you may have just made Mari very rich while making yourself very doomed.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 16th of January, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Chapter 404: Chapter Not Found
Chapter 404: Chapter Not Found

The chapter you were looking for could not be found. Please try again on Thursday.

Reasons that you might be seeing this message:

  • Absence of spoons
  • Harddrive failure due to:
    • Faulty wiring
    • Careless roommate
    • Careless owner (of harddrive)
    • Overexcited dog
    • Careless owner (of harddrive) with overexcited dog
  • Emergency medical requirement
  • Followup to life-altering meet-cute
  • Other






XP AWARD: 0

Brevity XP: NaN

"GM had fun" XP: <value not available>


It is now about @@pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, @@, 2020, at 12pm London time.
 
Chapter 404: Fast-Forwarding the Dull Bits

"Good morning, My Lord. How are you this morning?"

"Morning, Gaku. I'm not dead yet, so I guess that's good."

"Slept poorly again, sir?"

"I was a little restless." It had been a highlights book: The Sunset Racer, Hidan's butchery of the village, and the never-actually-seen deaths of Jiraiya and Shinji...who for some reason had died fighting back to back against swarms of Zabuzas with whirling red eyes and an army of demons. And then Jiraiya, Shinji, and Zabuza melded together into a six-armed, six-eyed monstrosity that towered into the sky and laughed down at Hazō, telling him how worthless he was and unworthy to wield the power he had been given.

"There is mint tea in the seal to your left and a light breakfast on your right."

"Thank you, Gaku. Don't know what I'd do without you." He took a moment to open the seal and take a bite of the bread, cheese, and grapes that Gaku had thoughtfully assembled. He sipped his tea and rubbed his face. "Okay, let's do this. Things that I need you to know:

"First, I'm thinking about paying off all civilian debt in Leaf. Check into that and see how it would stack up against our treasury, okay?"

"...Sir?"

"Hm? What? This cheese is amazing."

"Thank you, sir. Did you say that you want to pay off all civilian debt in Leaf?"

"Yes?"

The older man sat mute, blinking in shock. After a moment, he rallied. "I mean...we can certainly do it, sir. I doubt we have the actual ryō on hand, but our scrip is as good as ryō at nearly all merchants in Leaf. I'll have the printers set up another run."

"Great, thanks. Next thing: Birthdays. Birthdays were always a big deal for Team Uplift, and I plan on making them a big deal for Clan Gōketsu. I'm struggling with what to get Mari, but I've got two ideas. First, I'm going to make her a seal."

"Oh?"

"Yeah. It's going to make bubbles."

"...Bubbles, sir?"

"For her bath. I'll line a tub with them. They'll blow puffs of warm air in, and that will make bubbles. It'll be relaxing. It shouldn't be too hard...it's really just a modification of the Tunneler's Friend. Of course, then I'll need to figure out how to waterproof them. It's one thing to waterproof an explosive seal, you can just wrap them up in wax. Something that emits air will need to be exposed to its environment so that the air can get out. Don't want it getting wet because only the ancestors know what happens when an activated seal gets wet, but I'll figure something out. Not really sure how, but maybe...I'm babbling again, aren't I?"

"Not at all, sir."

"Sorry. Anyway, just in case I can't get that done in time I'm going to make her a book containing nice things that people have said about her."

"Excellent idea, sir. It will pair nicely with the one that Lord Noburi and Lady Nara are working on."

"...The what now?"

One eyebrow rose. "The Footsteps of Lady Gōketsu, sir? They've been working on it for at least a year now, although I gather it's going slowly since it requires working around a great deal of classified information while still maintaining a degree of coherence and accuracy."

"Oh."

"If it helps, I do not believe they plan to use it as this year's gift. Still, you might give some thought to the physical appearance of the two books. Perhaps they could be designed to be physically complementary...'bookends', if you will."

"Huh. That's a good idea. Thank you, Gaku. Now, the question of the day: What's your birthday? And don't give me any of that wishy-washy 'aw, shucks' stuff. Your Clan Lord commands you: Reveal your secrets!"

The older man chuckled. "August third, My Lord."

"Excellent. Thank you, Gaku. Okay, that's all I've got. Hit me with the briefing."

"Yes, My Lord. First..."

o-o-o-o​

Takuo paused, leaning on his shovel for a moment to wipe the sweat off his face. He likely wouldn't have dared do such a thing back when he was a day laborer; most taskmasters didn't appreciate seeing their workers lazing about. The Gōketsu were much more tolerant and a little bit of indulgence could be risked. Also, come dark or death, he could not ignore what was happening in front of him. He leaned on his shovel and tapped Rik on the shoulder.

"What's going on there?" he asked his brother, pointing discreetly to where Lord Gōketsu was walking from the House to the path that lead to the seal research area. His torso was encircled in a rope harness and a dog was yanking on the other end of the rope, pulling in unpredictable directions and at unpredictable times. Lord Gōketsu was obviously trying to not be obvious about the effort he was expending on resisting this.

Rikiya glanced over and shrugged helplessly. "It's probably another of his weird training ideas?"

"Rik! Don't call him weird!"

"What?" his brother said, lowering his voice and leaning closer. "I wasn't calling him weird, I was calling the idea weird. And it is. You never see any other ninja doing that kind of stuff, do you?"

"Of course not! They aren't smart enough to think of such things!"

"Well, duh. That doesn't mean they aren't weird. In fact, that's pretty much exactly what 'weird' means. It's different from the norm. An...an outlier. That was the word. I think." He thought about that for a minute, then shrugged.

Takuo gazed narrow-eyed at his younger brother. "That school is doing things to your head, Rik. You're talking fancy, like some kind of noble or something. All your 'norm' and 'outlier' stuff—what if someone hears you? They'll think you're putting on airs."

"I dunno, Tak. So far everyone at the school has been really nice about it. The teachers seem impressed that I want to learn this stuff."

"But all the time you're spending with your nose in those scrolls...you aren't working as much as you should, Rik. It dishonors the clan. What if they decide you're not worth the food you eat and they kick us out? Or worse."

"I don't think they will. They seem to really mean all this stuff. I think...I think that studying like this is honoring the clan. It seems to be what Lord Gōketsu wants. If it isn't, why did he make the school and insist we all go?"

"How should I know?! He's the weird one, according to you!"

Rik's eyes went wide. "Tak! Don't say such things! What if someone heard you?!"

o-o-o-o​

"I will need to engage in a bit of business when we first arrive," Cannai said.

"Oh?" Hazō prompted, conserving his breath for running. The run from the Grassy Hills pack's territory to that of the Wide River pack was long and exhausting. Cannai had asked, with exquisite manners and not at all laughing behind his paw about it, whether Hazō would prefer to simply go home and be reverse-summoned when the dogs arrived at their destination. Hazō's pride as a man, a ninja, a Gōketsu Clan ninja, a Summoner, and a Clan Lord had, obviously, demanded that he brush the idea off and insist on coming along. Which he had done, with Cannai's twinkly-eyed yet solemn acceptance. Canduman had griped not so quietly about how Hazō would just slow them down, leaving Hazō no choice but to keep up without complaining. It was requiring everything he had in him, and he had the sneaking suspicion that Cannai was still holding the pace down for his benefit.

"Indeed," Cannai said. "Oh, there's a rocky patch up ahead. Hard to see under the grass. Mind your footing."

Hazō gritted his teeth and said nothing. No one had told him to mind his footing since he entered the Academy. No one had needed to.

"As I was saying, there will be some business when I get there. One of the young adults attempted to run off with his lady love instead of undergoing the proper pair bonding rituals. I shall need to officially censure him before the pack and explain why we can't have that sort of thing."

"Why?" Hazō asked, timing the word around his footsteps and keeping it short so as to conserve breath. Simultaneously, he was watching his footing. Cannai was right, there were a lot of fist-sized rocks here for some reason and he had nearly turned an ankle twice.

Cannai ruminated on that for a mile and a half. The dogs that accompanied their Alpha and their Summoner—Canduman, Cannon, and Candoru—kept their mouths shut and waited, ears perked.

"Culture is a delicate balance between unity and freedom," the Boss Alpha said at last. "The members of the pack must care about the whole and must be willing to sacrifice for it when necessary for the good of all. Foreoffpaw, the pack exists to benefit the dogs, not the dogs to benefit the pack. If the demands of the pack become too onerous it will fracture. Its members will scatter, at best. At worst they will actually fight. There is nothing more shameful to the Dog Clan than for one dog to bleed under the teeth of another." He paused and huffed a doggy laugh. "Yes, Candoru? You had something to say?"

"What? No, Alpha! I didn't say nothing!"

"Well, perhaps a bit of blood is acceptable, in proper settings. Appropriate discipline, sparring, that sort of thing. Shame comes when it is spilled with intent, shall we say?"

"Thank you, Alpha."

"You are welcome. In any case: As I was saying, Summoner, when a pack fractures it is a fraught time. If the members fight, that is tragedy atop tragedy. If they don't, it's worse." He went silent again for half a mile before resuming. "Eighty years ago, the Steel Hills pack fractured. Steel Hills had been one of the largest and strongest packs in the clan. They had a proud history; they conquered a swath of what was then Leopard territory and defended it for two hundred years, parent and pup. They invented two new schools of poetry, laid the first river painting, and drew the first star charts. They gave birth to dozen of bards—indeed, the first Night Chorus was composed by a Steel Hills bard. They were a proud pack, and they earned every drop of that pride with blood, and loyalty, and honor.

"But, they weren't perfect. There were undercurrents of strife among the pack, and had been since its founding. The details don't matter, but the key point is that the conflict had been brewing for generations and it was never addressed. Most members of the pack swept it under the rug, as Kakashi used to say. Addressing it would be too difficult, and so no one did. Eventually, it broke out into actual fighting, and several pack members were killed. I put a stop to the actual bloodshed, but it was too late. The survivors no longer recognized one another as members of Steel Hills, or even as worthy of respect. Both sides laid claim to the name and neither would yield. And thus I declared the Steel Hills pack extinct. I divided them up, took the ones that were not beyond saving and spread them out as widely as possible among the other packs. Those who were deepest in their fervor I formed into a single new pack and gave them precise boundaries, with explicit orders to never cross those boundaries. It has served to contain their poison, for now, but it lingers in my mind. It is a delay, not a solution.

"That is the ground beneath the scent of your question. The more immediate answer is that culture is what binds a pack together, and culture is based on expectations and manners."

"Manners?" Hazō demanded.

"Yes, Summoner. Manners. Manners are codified expectations. As such they are the clearest way to signal your feelings towards another dog. Normal communication can be hard to follow but the codified behaviors we call 'manners' are standardized so that we can all understand what is being said. When you offer to share your kill are you sincere? Perfunctory? Willing? If you are casual about it, does your tone suggest that is it because you are among friends and there is no need, or because you are deliberately offering disrespect?" He tossed his head. "Nothing between two individuals is ever completely transparent, but standardized forms help."

"Silly way to say it, if you ask me," Canduman griped. "Pair bonding rituals are important because it's how we honor each other and the joining we have chosen. If the two of you just run off then what's the point? That's not a pair bond, that's a fling."

"And thus I am schooled on brevity," Cannai rumbled, tongue lolling in amusement. "Very well. If a pair wishes to depart their pack for another, or even to simply roam, that is perfectly acceptable...so long as they have the good manners to notify their packs, to attest that she is not gravid, to arrange for care of their pups, and so on."

"Care of the pups is just basic canine decency," Canduman grumbled under his breath.

"Canduman, as grateful as I am to be the recipient of your wisdom, is it possible that you could speak up when you share it? I should hate to miss any of the subtleties."

"Sorry, Alpha."

"Let me make sure I have this right," Hazō said, timing his breathing and words. "Two dogs tried to run off instead of getting married."

"Pair bonded. It's not precisely the same. But yes, close enough."

"And you are censuring one of them?"

"Yes. The young man came onto the territory of another pack unannounced and attempted to wheedle his lover into departing without word to her family." Cannai huffed in amusement. "I suspect that we shall find the young lady had been stepping over to the Fallen Stones pack with a similar lack of announcement. However, it appears that he is the one who first raised the possibility of absconding."

"I see." He thought about it for a while. "Could I come?"

"To what?"

"The trial."

"It's not precisely a trial. They have committed no crime, merely a breach of manners. I will ask questions, yes, but there is none of the folderol with which humans complicate their lives. But, if you wish it then yes, you may walk beside me when I go to censure Cantelope."

o-o-o-o​

Jacuzzi seals emits a series of puffs of warm air. They are a minor modification on the Tunneler's Friend seal, which emits a steady stream of cool-ish air. The difficulty is low enough that Hazō doesn't bother spending time on prep days.

Sealing TN: ?
Calligraphy TN: ?

Calligraphy: 17 - 9 (dice) (-1FP to reroll!)
Calligraphy: 17 - 3
Sealing: 36 - 12 (dice) (-1FP to reroll!)
Sealing: 36 -3 (dice) = 33
Calligraphy: 17 - 6 (dice) (-1FP to reroll!)
Calligraphy: 17 + 9
Sealing: 36 + 3 (dice) = 39
Calligraphy: 17 + 9
Sealing: 36 + 3 (dice) = 39

Success! And yes, you got identical rolls on the last two days of research. Note: Some of those rerolls might or might not have been essential. My policy is that rolls of -9 or less always get rerolled unless Hazō is certain that it didn't matter, and rolls of -6 get rerolled under most circumstances. Long story short: If you had higher Calligraphy then Hazō would have been comfortable using more of the blanks that weren't his absolute best work (i.e. where he rolled poorly) and it would have saved you 2 FP.






This update covered 4 days: 3 of research, one spent traveling with Cannai et al. @Velorien will be writing the Akane scene, although I'm not clear when.

XP AWARD: 8

Brevity XP: 4

Ami-style training XP: 3
(Only able to do training during the research days)

"GM had fun" XP: -4
  • -4 (4 days x 4 scenes total...honestly, this plan could easily have had far more than 4 scenes, but let's go with 4)


It is now midafternoon and you have arrived at the current lie-up of the Wide River pack. @Velorien will take over from here. He did say that I should open voting, so I'm not sure if he intends to write the dog scenes.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, January 20, 2021, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 405: The Long Arm of the Past

There was exactly one part of the Gōketsu main building that did not rely on Kagome-sensei for its defences: the rooftop, Akane's domain, where no other Gōketsu dared venture (with the exception of Mari, who had tried helping out, only to get bored within a week).

Hazō didn't want to call out in case Akane was in the middle of something sensitive, but a glance at the storage area (where both the watering can and the blast shield were still in place) reassured him that she was probably done with the trickiest parts of her morning routine.

"Akane! Is it safe to come up?"

"Good morning, Hazō!"

Akane, already the most beautiful girlfriend in the world (a careful piece of phrasing that avoided a deadly showdown between Hazō and Noburi, although it had yet to undergo trial by Keiko), was at her most radiant at this time of day, backlit by the morning sun and full of relentless enthusiasm while mere mortals like him were still groggy and disgruntled.

"Perfect timing," she told him. "I've just finished planting a new tranquility queen—I think the mountain hydralisk must have eaten the old one overnight because the soil wasn't moist enough."

"The hydralisk's the new one, right?"

Akane waved in the direction of a large, empty seedbed.

"I don't see anything," Hazō said cautiously.

Akane beamed. "I know, right? It's already learned how to burrow. I'm ever so proud.

"In a few months, I'll be able to make the most amazing tea," she added. "Just don't get too close—I haven't finished blunting the spines yet."

"Remind me why you took up gardening again?" Hazō asked, studying the small but steadily-expanding labyrinth of greenery as one might study a chakra panther in mid-leap.

"It's something to bond over with Ino," Akane said. "Also, it's quite relaxing. You spend time learning each plant's little foibles, and then you can watch it grow and flourish and be happy, and there's a real sense of accomplishment."

"And what does a mountain hydralisk mean in Leaf flower language?" Hazō asked, taking a step away from the not-empty seedbed and towards the venomous tentacula (which had already learned its lesson, and urgently withdrew its feelers upon sensing the distinctive vibration of his footsteps).

"A call to action," Akane said. She pointed at the plants one by one, left to right. "Celebration. Curiosity. Patience. Reminder of something forgotten. Impatience. Call to action.

"I'm really curious what she'll send me next."

Hazō settled down on the edge of the rooftop, next to the venomous tentacula, which had gone very still. "Actually, Akane, there's something I wanted to talk to you about."

Akane joined him. "Is this an 'I have important emotional things on my mind' conversation or a 'let's all become minions of a vile monster' conversation?"

"That was just the once!" Hazō tried to glare at her, but couldn't keep it up when faced with her amused smile. "Anyway, it's neither." He paused. "They've captured Mizuki."

The smile disappeared. "Yeah. The execution is tomorrow. They always make a public announcement so people know to schedule time off and gather rotten fruit and place bets and so on."

"Then…"

Akane took a deep breath. "I went to see him, Hazō. I'm sorry I didn't tell you."

Hazō shook his head. "You're allowed to do things without telling me, Akane. I'm your clan head, not your owner."

"I had to wrestle with the bureaucracy a bit," Akane said. "Even as a clan ninja, I can't just walk into the Hokage's office the way you can and ask him for permission. But I think some of them must have had children, because once I explained myself the right way, they leapt at the chance to make him suffer some more."

Hazō listened silently. There was a gentle breeze that stirred Akane's hair, and caused the leaves of the plants to tremble to disturbingly different degrees.

"He was asleep," she said quietly. "The escorts offered to wake him up, but I… once I got there, I didn't know what I could say.

"He looked hurt. Broken. Hazō, I wanted… I wanted to be someone who could forgive him. I don't want to be someone who keeps the cycle of hatred going. I don't want to be someone who hurts people because they hurt me first. But when I looked at him... We weren't even enemies. We both served Leaf. He was a teacher"—her voice trembled—"someone in charge of keeping us safe."

Hazō didn't know what to say.

"Am I a terrible person, Hazō? Uplift is supposed to stop the people who can't forgive each other. I don't want to be one of them. But… I just don't know how. I think about him, and there's no lever I can pull, no magic words I can say. I just keep remembering how he once told me that I was a good girl who always listened to her teachers, and how he wished more children were like me, and while I was bouncing on the way home, was he already thinking, 'There goes a gullible idiot I can trick into committing treason one day'?"

Hazō couldn't listen to any more of this. He swept Akane into a tight hug, the sudden motion prompting the observing heartseed to curl away lethargically.

"Akane," he said fiercely, "you are not a terrible person. You are the best person I know. There is nothing strange or wrong about not being able to forgive betrayal."

If Mizuki's fate were up to Hazō, he wouldn't give him a public execution. He'd keep the man who'd betrayed Akane alive and well until the necromancy research was complete, and then find an infinite loop that made Daizen's agony look like a lover's caress.

"Isn't there?" Akane asked softly. "You forgave Mari."

"That was nothing like this. By the time I found out Mari was the one who'd lured us into the Swamp, she'd earned her redemption ten times over. There wasn't anything to forgive, because she wasn't that person anymore."

"What about Mizuki-sensei?" Akane asked, still holding him. "He chose to be a teacher. He must have cared once, mustn't he? Shouldn't I believe in his redemption too, instead of just… wanting it to be over?"

Hazō found himself at a loss. He meant every word of what he said. The idea of Akane being a terrible person would have been funny under any other circumstances. The standards she was measuring herself by were so high as to be nonsense. But encouraging the girl who shone like the sun not to forgive people, telling her it was OK to hate them… somehow it felt blasphemous. Like if he succeeded in making her believe it, he would forever taint something pure.

What was he supposed to say? He couldn't say nothing, not when his girlfriend was in distress. There had to be some kind of way to fix this, some way to…

What I need is… a push on the back. And then, I need someone who'll hold me steady when I come back from wherever it is I've gone.

He pulled back from the hug, but held onto her arms. They were face-to-face, almost close enough to lean in for a kiss.

"I don't have the answers, Akane. I can tell you that you're not a terrible person, and I can say it with all the authority of someone you once considered one of the most youthful people in the world."

"Still do," Akane muttered.

Hazō chose to ignore that statement and its flattering and alarming implications.

"There is nobody in this clan, in this village, in this world who would ever entertain the idea that you are a terrible person. But I don't think I have the words to make you believe it right now… and that's OK. You've got your entire life to figure out how to forgive Mizuki, or to decide you don't need to, or to find some third option I can't imagine. I don't think he cares if you forgive him before he dies.

"Ours isn't a great clan to consult about forgiveness. Any ninja who's ever borne the name of Gōketsu would go pretty damn far to destroy anyone who hurt you. You're strong, and mature enough to put most of the adults I know to shame, and I think that if you go looking for your own answers, you'll find something better than what any of us can give you.

"There's no rush. I'll be here for you, always, and so will the others."

Either the plants could read the mood, or they had a healthy sense of self-preservation, because none of them disturbed the stillness.

"Thanks, Hazō," Akane said eventually.

"Any time."

A thought occurred to him.

"What about Mizuki's handler? That information is probably on a need-to-know basis, but I've just scored some points with Asuma, and I could probably persuade him to let us hunt them down. They don't have any claim on your forgiveness."

Akane shrugged. "I don't really care. They're just another enemy. That's fair. They're a threat to Leaf, and if the Hokage orders me to eliminate them, I won't think twice. But I'm not so much of a hypocrite that I'd hate someone for preying on the corruptible when one of the people I love most spent half her life making a career out of it and arguably hasn't stopped."

Like the sun. How was it even possible for such a person to exist in the shinobi world?

"Actually," she said, "there's something I've wanted to talk to you about as well. I love Ino, but sometimes she's as subtle as an Ami's Ultimate Buster Bomb to the face, and I wanted you to know—"

"Hey, everyone, big news!"

Hazō made a private note to murder Noburi. It wouldn't even be difficult. He'd just need to pay a scantily-dressed older girl to enter Noburi's line of sight while Yuno was watching.

"What is it, Noburi?" Akane asked, simultaneously throwing a heavy bag of fertiliser over the middle of the not-empty seedbed. The bag rose slightly, then came down again.

"The Hokage wants us in his office at our earliest convenience, which usually means half past now. It's Isan time."

-o-​

"Thank you all for coming," Asuma told the assembled Gōketsu.

Hazō couldn't remember the last time the Hokage looked this good. His posture was firm and dignified, the stacks of paperwork were low enough that he could see all of them over the top, and the bags under his eyes were at "a few late nights too many" levels rather than "Mist no-sleep endurance training" levels.

"You're looking well, sir," Hazō ventured.

"I've had five straight days without anything going wrong with this village," Asuma said with an honest, non-sardonic smile. "I think I could get used to this, even if I already know I won't.

"Now, to business. Yuno, have you explained to them about our timeline?"

"No, Lord Seventh, sir." Yuno turned slightly to face Hazō, Noburi, Akane, Keiko, and Mari. "In Isan, October is a holy month. It is the Month of Founding, when Akio and his companions reached the promised land of Isan. We tell stories of Ui Isas's valour and the battles he fought with the aid of the Pangolins, make sacrifices to honour Akio and the Founders, and celebrate our sacred mission as guardians of the scroll. Except last October, which was… grim.

"I'm not a politician, but given what happened then, I think that the High Priest is going to use this opportunity to cement his grip on the village. He'll talk about how we've fulfilled Akio's mission, and now it is time for Isan to follow him into a new age, and the people who are still holding out will be too miserable to say no. I don't know if he'll use that momentum to open Isan up straight away, but if not, he will soon. After everything that happened this year… I don't think Leaf will be the village he reaches out to."

"On the other hand," Asuma picked up where she left off, "if the Pangolin Summoner arrives right when the power and significance of the Pangolins is uppermost in everyone's mind, and offers Isan a way forward, the alliance is as good as ours, and we should have a strong bargaining position when it comes to nailing down terms."

Yuno opened her mouth uncertainly. She closed it again.

"Do you have something to add, Yuno?" Asuma asked.

Yuno stepped out of the line of Gōketsu, and away so she could face both them and Asuma at the same time.

"I know we could twist the High Priest's arm and make him agree to an alliance even if he doesn't want to. Probably. And that would get Leaf all the things it wants. But if he gains the backing of one of the Five Great Villages… if he becomes Isan's representative before the world… I don't think there'll be anyone who can stop him anymore.

"I left Isan because I couldn't stand what the village was becoming. They… They don't deserve help. They deserve to drown in their own nightmares while everything they love crumbles around them."

She paused, as if gathering words, or gathering strength.

"But still… I don't want to see what lies at the end of the High Priest's path."

She looked at them, one by one, ending with Asuma.

"I know I don't have any standing that would let me ask this, and I know my interests don't really matter next to Leaf's, but please…"

Yuno bowed deeply. Hazō didn't recognise the twisting motion she was making with her hands, but Noburi flinched.

"Please save Isan. You're the only ones who can."

"Raise your head, Yuno," Asuma said after a few seconds. "Here are your orders. You are to travel to the village of Isan and achieve an alliance between it and the Village Hidden in the Leaves. Documents to be stamped by Isan's leaders, whoever they may be, have been prepared for you.

"Gōketsu Noburi and Nara Keiko, you are in joint command of the mission. Gōketsu Yuno will serve as a supporting negotiator, and Gōketsu Mari as a special advisor.

"Properly speaking, I'd like to send more people with you, but Yuno advises me that sending only the Pangolin Summoner and her, ah, acknowledged minions"—Asuma visibly suppressed a smirk—"is likely to have a better diplomatic outcome. With that said, Gōketsu Akane: your presence on this mission isn't critical. I'm aware that I am stripping the Gōketsu bare for an unknown amount of time. If you want to stay behind and support your clan head, I will permit it."

Akane considered. "Would you want me in Isan, sir?"

Asuma nodded.

"With two summoners and a jōnin on the mission, I'm not too worried about firepower. But there are too many unknown factors in play. Brainwashed fanatics. Possible missing-nin involvement. A religious cult that may be affiliated with the one that caused all the trouble up in Iron. Ninja tapirs. I'd appreciate having an extra asset in place for when that house of cards comes toppling down.

"But then, I also get chills when I think about leaving Hazō alone in Leaf with no one but Kagome and the junior clansmen to keep him on the straight and narrow. Akane, what are your thoughts?"

"I don't think you need to worry about Hazō, sir," Akane said. "I know there have been a few unfortunate incidents in the past, but I trust him to keep the clan running without any issues in our absence."

As Hazō felt a warm glow at Akane's unhesitating response, she gave him a look that subtly but clearly reframed this as "I am trusting you to keep the clan running without any issues in our absence".

"With your permission," she said, "if there's any risk to my family, I'd prefer to be there to protect them."

"You have my permission," Hazō said, then received a series of looks when he realised she'd still been addressing Asuma.

"Finally," Asuma said, "Gōketsu Hazō. Your role in this mission is communications. You will contact the team via the Summon Realm every evening and receive their reports, which you will then pass on to my office.

"Any questions?"

"No, sir."

"Good. You have three days to prepare. Your efforts could be critical to Leaf's survival."

-o-​

You have received 2 + 1 + 1 = 4 XP.

-o-​

You were able to cancel your order to Gaku before he unwittingly led the clan to financial ruin.

-o-​

We're trying something experimental for the Isan mission. The mission will be running in parallel with the main quest (which will continue to follow Hazō as the protagonist). In addition to ordinary action plans, you may write "Isan plans", which will function as suggestions that Hazō makes to Noburi during their nightly check-ins. Note that Isan plans are likely to be implemented on Thursdays, since I have more interest in writing them than @eaglejarl does. Isan plans do not receive separate Brevity XP.

-o-
What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 22nd of January, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 406: Journey to the West

Cantelope was an extra-floofy malamute with shoulders that came up to Hazō's thigh. He was also sitting well away from the camp, facing away, and drooping as though he hadn't a friend in the world. Hazō took care to audibly ruffle the grass as he approached.

"May I join you?"

Cantelope dragged his head around to look at Hazō...and cocked his head. The droopiness fell away as his attention was riveted.

"What the heck are you?!"

Hazō laughed. "I'm a human. I'm the Dog Summoner."

"Well you better not try to summon me anywhere."

"May I join you?"

Cantelope blinked for a moment then nosed towards the grass beside him. Hazō sat down.

"My name is Gōketsu Hazō, and I couldn't summon you even if I wanted to. I can only summon dogs who have willingly contracted with me."

Cantelope considered that. "Where do you summon them to?"

"The Human Path. It's another world, very different from this one. The area I live is called the Land of Fire. It's mostly trees, bigger than any I've seen here. You can travel miles through their branches without ever touching the ground. The Land of Waterfalls, that's one of our northern neighbors, is more like what you're used to—lots of grass and rolling prairie, at least in parts. The Land of Wind on our south is a massive desert. Their northern segment is dirt with little scatterings of grass here and there, but pretty soon it turns into sand, sand, sand. Hundreds of miles with nothing except sand. Massive dunes of it, like waves on an ocean."

"What's an ocean?"

Hazō paused, surprised. Apparently Cantelope had never been to the north end of Dog territory. "You know the Great Lake that separates you from Hornet? Imagine that, except you can't see the other side. And the waves that come onto the beach, imagine they're five times taller than you. Not all the time and not right at the beach—they get smaller by then—but out in the middle during a storm. Sometimes they get even bigger."

Cantelope digested that. "You've seen this?"

Hazō nodded. "I've had to hike across it a couple times. Both times it was a narrow part, only a few dozen miles, but it was still hard, especially the time that we weren't planning on it but had to because the boat sank under us. Humans can only waterwalk with our hands and feet, so if you fall you're going to go under and probably die. The water is moving in three dimensions under you, the wind is throwing spray in your face so hard you feel like you're drowning even if you don't fall. The water is salty, not fresh, so your mouth starts to dry out even though you're drenched. You can't see anything and you have to hope that you're going in a straight line because if you run out of chakra before you make it to shore then you'll die."

"Wow."

"Yeah."

Silence fell.

"What else do you have on the Human Path?"

Hazō lay back and plucked a blade of grass to fiddle with as he stared at the sky in thought. Cantelope had turned to face him and was hanging on his words.

"There's the Land of Snow. My family was there for a short time. It's ice and snow everywhere, yards deep. The wind—"

"What are 'ice' and 'snow'?"

"Um..." The question stopped him in his tracks as he suddenly realized that he had never noticed any real weather here on the Seventh Path. Granted, he'd only spent a handful of days total, but it had been sunny and mild the entire time. Was it always like this?

"When it gets really cold, water freezes and becomes solid," he said. "Little drops of it turn into snow, big chunks turn into ice. They're white, like clouds, and hard, and very cold. It's like—"

Cantelope huffed in disgust. "Oh, stop being ridiculous. Water can't be hard! It's water!" He shook his head in disgust. "You really had me going there for a minute. Make fun of the outcast, huh? Really funny, human."

"Every word of it is true," Cannai said calmly.

Hazō jumped in shock and sat up. "Would you stop that?!"

Cannai's jaw dropped open in doggy laughter and his eyes twinkled. "Where would be the fun in that?"

Hazō glared.

Cannai turned to Cantelope. "You are not outcast, child, merely censured. You'll get over it. As to the snow and ocean and sand...yes. All of those things exist on the Human Path, just as Hazō described."

Cantelope eyed his Alpha with very dubious eyes and disgruntled ears.

"I could show you, if you like...?" Hazō offered.

"What are you talking about?"

"If you make a summoning contract with me, I could go to the ocean, or the Land of Snow, or the desert, and summon you so that you can see for yourself."

"How does that work exactly?"

"We exchange a drop of blood and make a binding contract. I send myself back to the Human Path and go to one of those places. I place a drop of my blood on the ground and spend chakra in order to activate the summoning jutsu. You'll feel a tug...it's hard to describe, but you'll know it when you feel it. If you resist then the jutsu will fail and nothing will happen. If you go with it then you'll be brought to the Human Path. You'll be in a body that feels like your real one but it's only a chakra shell, so if you take damage the shell will burst and you'll be sent back to the Seventh Path. My understanding is that forcibly unsummoning is painful and disorienting for a while, but it's not permanently damaging. On the other hand, you or I can unsummon you voluntarily at any time and you'll return safely, no harm done."

"Huh."

"The Human Path is a wondrous place," Cannai said gravely. "Very dangerous, but filled with marvels and strangeness. The vast majority of humans have no ability to use chakra at all, and the ones who can have different elemental natures than we do. For example, they lack your Sun element but they have Lava in its place."

"I think that must be a bloodline," Hazō said. "I've never heard of anyone with Lava Element."

"So? Interesting." Cannai considered that for a moment. "I suppose it was only the once that I saw it, and that was quite a while ago. I assumed it was rare, the way Lightning Element is rare in the Land of Fire, and simply didn't happen to come up among the foes I was brought to fight."

"Am I even allowed to go? You censured me not an hour ago."

"Did you understand why you were censured?"

Cantelope's lips twisted in a surprisingly human expression of annoyance. "Yes, Alpha."

"Are you likely to commit the same act again?"

"No, Alpha."

Cannai shrugged. "Then my work is done. You understand your error and no more need be said. You are not outcast, Cantelope, nor are you bound or in any way restricted. You are an adult dog and you have all the rights of an adult. Make whatever bargains you wish with anyone you wish, including our summoner."

"...Thank you, Alpha."

"Of course. I shall leave you to it." He nodded to both of them and loped off towards where the main body of the pack waited.

"So," Cantelope said, "how does this work? And why do we do it? You said you had to burn chakra to bring me there. What do you get out of it?"

Hazō licked his lips, suddenly realizing that he knew virtually nothing about this dog or how useful he might be.

"I'll be honest, one of the main reasons I use the summoning jutsu is when I'm going into a fight," he said. "Conjuring up a powerful fighter who cannot be killed, only dispelled, is incredibly useful. There are other reasons—for example, I'm negotiating with a bloodhound named Canvass because there are times I need a tracker. I have a temporary contract with a ninjutsu master named Canun—the deal is that I would find a teacher who could help him learn some elemental natures he lacks and in exchange he would be my summon for a year. Each of the dogs I've approached has bargained for something in exchange for the contract. What would you like?"

Cantelope looked over his shoulder towards where the Wide River pack where lounging around the fire, eating and telling stories.

"I want out of here," he said bitterly. "No one understands me. Most of them hate me. They brought the Alpha to censure me in public just because they didn't like me running with Cantilever. We were in love—was I supposed to ignore that just because she was from another pack?" He hesitated, looking uncomfortable. "And...I would like to see some of these things you're talking about. I haven't been more than fifty miles from this spot my whole life. The idea that water can be hard, that there can be dirt with no grass..."

Hazō nodded thoughtfully. "You should know that I'm the head of Clan Gōketsu in the Village Hidden in the Leaves. It's a large city of humans, something like thirty thousand of us—"

"Thirty thousand?!"

Hazō forced himself not to laugh. "Yes. We have dogs there, but they aren't like you. They're animals, not people. They don't think or talk or use chakra."

Cantelope looked sick. "What could they possibly have done that humans would destroy them like that?"

"Nothing. We didn't do it. Dogs on the Human Path have never been intelligent." He hesitated. "I don't know what the relationship is, but there has to be one. Maybe the dogs of the Human Path are the ancestors of the Dog Clan?" He shrugged.

"In any case, I want to make sure that you aren't surprised by anything. There's going to be a lot of people around. It's noisy, and there are strange smells—strange to you, anyway. Also, I'm the Clan Head. That's like being the head of the Gōketsu pack. It means that I have obligations and I can't disappear off to Snow or Wind at the drop of a hat."

"What's a hat?"

"It's...a thing that humans wear on their heads."

"Why would you drop it before going somewhere?"

"It's just an expression. I meant that I can't go off on long trips whenever I want. I have obligations. If I have some lead time then I can make arrangements to go, but I can't do it at a whim. Also, a summoning contract is one-way. I can summon you, but you can't summon me. After I summon you you'll be able to bring me back with you—we call that reverse summoning—but only if we work together. Also, time between the Seventh Path and the Human Path isn't perfectly synchronized. Our day is twenty-four hours long, so it's going to drift in and out of sync with yours. There may be times when I summon you without warning, and some of those times will be inconvenient. You can always refuse the summons, but I hope you wouldn't since that could end up getting me killed if I'm in the middle of a fight and I need help."

"Huh." He digested that. "What do humans do when they aren't fighting?"

"Much the same as the Dog Clan, from what I've seen. We take care of each other. We hunt, we eat, we sing, we tell stories, we—"

"You sing? What kind of singing?"

"Lots of different kinds, but I'm the wrong person to ask about it. We also play musical instruments that I don't think the Dog Clan has. For example, we have something called a 'biwa'. It's a hollow piece of specially-shaped wood with strings stretched across it. Each string makes a specific note when you pluck it, so if you pluck them in sequence you can create music."

"You use sticks. To make music."

"Something like that, yes. Also taiko drums. They're like the ones I've seen among the Dog Clan, but much bigger. And we have instruments that make music when you blow into them. Plus—"

"Okay, I'm sold. I want to hear all these 'instruments' and see hard water and grassless dirt and vast lakes that you can't see the other side of that mounds up ten times higher than me. I'm in. Let's do this." He held out a paw. "You needed blood, right? Do we bite each other or what?"

"Hang on," Hazō said. "Before we do this, can you tell me a little about yourself? Are you a fighter, or a tracker, or what? What sort of things can you do?"

Cantelope glanced up at the lowering sun, then nosed off towards Hazō's left. "Sun Element: Focus Blast."

A beam of light as wide as Hazō's thigh and so bright that it left a purple streak across his vision angled down from the sky, ashed the grass, and blew the dirt into the air like a buried tag had gone off. Hazō ducked and covered his face with one hand.

"Right. Hold still, this will only hurt for a moment," he said, pulling a small knife from his belt pouch and reaching out to take Cantelope's extended paw.

o-o-o-o​

"Hazō."

Someone was nudging him. He grumbled and curled tighter into his blankets.

"Hazō, wake up." There were two more nudges and then something wet and cold plopped across the side of his face and a huff of warm air poofed into his ear.

"Gah!" He flailed out of the blankets and upright to find Cannai sitting next to his bedroll, laughing silently.

"Why would you do that?" he asked, trying to keep his voice down. His yelp had woken most of the pack up but they had looked around, seen that it was just the human being weird, and lay back down to sleep. The sun wasn't up yet, the air was chilly, and no sensible person wanted to be awake.

Cannai turned and walked off into the woods, tossing his head in a 'come with me' gesture. Hazō pulled his sandals on, wrapped a blanket around his shoulders, and followed.

Cannai led them a short distance away to where they could speak in normal tones without disturbing anyone. "A messenger has reached the River Fork pack on our eastern border. A Pangolin messenger."

Hazō blinked. "What?"

Cannai nodded. "Four of them. Two large ones, four or five times your height by the report. One that is about as tall as I am, and a small one named Pandā who says he knows you."

"Pandā? Huh. I mean yes, I know him. He's one of Keiko's summons. Her first, actually."

"They claim that they are here to form an embassy between our clans in order to 'promote trade, advance communications, and seek a new era of prosperity through the joining of our two futures.'"

"That...sounds positive?"

"The territory of the Pangolin Clan is a thousand miles away on the other side of the Hyena Clan and a major mountain range. There are four of these ambassadors and they were dispatched two weeks ago at the request of your sister. This is a demonstration of military power. They are saying that they can go where they want, far faster than we can move, and nothing and no one can stop them."

"Oh."

"I knew they would come eventually, but I expected to have significantly more time, and I definitely did not expect them to be able to outpace us over long distance. No one outpaces the Dog Clan over long distance. This forces me to advance my own plans."

"Plans?"

"Yes. You are going west."

"I am?"

"Yes. For hundreds of years, the Dog Clan has been content to rule our territory with perhaps a few squabbles here and there with our neighbors. The militaristic Pangolin advancing from the east, conquering and destroying multiple other clans, demonstrate that this is no longer practical. I need to know what other threats may be out there, I need allies in case the Pangolin decide to bring their reign to my lie-up, and in the worst case I will need sanctuaries to which the Clan may retreat. I had originally intended to send small missions to see what lies south of Hornet and west of Cat, using you as a communication relay between them."

"Originally?"

"Indeed. Three days ago, some...thing washed up on our northwestern shore. It's like nothing I've ever seen, but I believe it to be one of the Arachnid Clan."

"Aren't they, like, a gazillion miles from here?"

"Indeed. I hadn't even believed them to be real. I thought they were merely myths and children's stories, yet here we are. You are going to be making contracts with a large number of young dogs, small ones who should be easy for you to summon. I will be keeping one of them with me at all times. You will summon her multiple times a day in order to brief me on what's happening. You will also be accompanying the mission that I'm sending to backtrack the arachnid."

"Wait, what? I can't just—"

"You can and you will. The arachnid was wounded, two of its legs missing and its body partially crushed when it washed up on our shores. It was discovered by a fisher from the North Beach pack. She pulled it out of the water and attempted to treat its wounds, but it died within minutes. It babbled the entire time, especially something about 'The Eaters are coming, the Alliance is called.' Based on the rest of what it said, it was looking for the Hornet Clan in order to invoke an ancient promise of assistance."

"Wow."

"Indeed. I'm guessing it was an extremely ancient promise, as they appear to have lost track of where the Hornets are to the degree that they went the wrong way around the continent." He huffed a brief and bitter laugh that would have been at home in a Snow Country winter.

"The reason I find myself motivated to send members of my clan across the known world is because the creature was clearly a powerful fighter—as large as I am if you count by leg span, the body perhaps a third of that. It had huge fangs, strong poison, and massive claws on the front two legs. It was clinging to a fragment of what was undoubtedly a vessel of some sort, something made from grasses held together with spiderweb. Huge spiderweb with strands as thick as my toenails, stronger than I could break by main force. Whatever killed this beast was powerful, and the damage is all wrong for the Shark Clan. I need to know what did this. At the same time I need to increase my border protection, especially to the east, and send out teams to explore the continent. My supply of senior warriors is stretched thin, and therefore you are being tapped."

"I have obligations on the Human Path. I'm the Clan Head, I can't—"

"There is no one else in your clan who can fill those responsibilities. I see."

Cannai's body language was calm, his words unthreatening, yet Hazō could feel whispers from the land around them, the vast expanse of sky and grass that dwarfed his humanity by holding it in the scales against all of nature. It wasn't focused on him, there was no sense of threat, but it made clear that the Being he was talking to was no mere dog, He was Dog.

"Sir...I don't mean to be difficult, but you couldn't have chosen a worse time. Half of my senior clan are being sent off on a diplomatic mission and I'm supposed to be their communications relay to the Hokage. Mari's birthday is coming up at the end of the month. I've got—"

"I have got a potential existential threat to my nation on my eastern border, one that you armed, and a potential existential threat to my continent somewhere to the west."

"A what now?"

"The Eaters are a myth, a bedtime story to scare pups into good behavior. Had their name not come from the mouthparts of yet another myth I would have dismissed it. Unfortunately, it did come from the mouthparts of yet another myth."

"And the Eaters are...?"

"A legend. Monsters from beyond the world. They eat the soul of the land and the life of everything they touch. Darkness precedes them and death follows in their wake. They were banished, blocked from this world by the Great Sage and his band."

"His band?"

"Yes. You aren't familiar? The Great Sage had a band of companions. The five of them traveled throughout the Paths together for decades. They calmed earthquakes, extinguished prairie fires, turned aside hurricanes...and sealed the Eaters away from this world."

"I see." He thought about that for a moment, then decided not to get distracted. "All right. What exactly do you need me to do?"

"In four hours, a group of young dogs will arrive. You will contract with them. Afterwards, you will go to the northwestern corner of Dog where you will be met by a team of four. The five of you will travel west along the northern coast until you find the territory of the Arachnid Clan. We don't know where they are, but they must have sea access so if you keep the water close then you will eventually find them. You will check in with me twice per day—unsummon yourself back to the Human Path, summon each of the pups that you are about to contract with, each in turn, and take their reports. Dismiss them, summon Cantily, brief her, and send her back to me. Then reverse-summon yourself back to the expeditionary force. Do it fast so that they aren't unattended longer than necessary. You will be accompanying them as their primary force component."

"Their what?"

"Their bodyguard. I cannot afford to send a force strong enough to fight its way through an unknown amount of territory. I am instead sending an expendable young man to serve as a communications link, a skilled but expendable diplomat to talk you through trouble where possible, two expendable fighters to guard the camp at night, and a powerful combatant who can vanish to another world when faced with force too great to be defeated with force of arms. And while I am doing that, I am massing most of my stronger fighters on the eastern border and sending scouts through Hyena territory to find out how far your sister's soldiers have invaded."

"...I have four hours, right?"

"Indeed."

"I'll be back in three."

o-o-o-o​

In this one case, the time discrepancy between the two Paths worked in Hazō's favor. It was before dawn in Cannai's land but the sun was cracking the horizon on the Human Path. As such, Akane was awake. Awake, and walking out the door of Gōketsu Manor to go to the training field just as Hazō rushed in. The 'nearly colliding' part worked less in his favor, but ninja reflexes allowed them to pivot around one another instead of slamming noses.

"Hazō, you're back! I wasn't expecting you yet."

"I need to go straight back. What were you going to say?"

"What?"

"On the roof. You said that you love Ino, sometimes she's as subtle as a Buster Bomb to the face, and you wanted me to know...something. What was it?"

Akane froze. "You said you had to go back?"

"Yeah, the Pangolins are implicitly threatening to genocide the Dogs, Cannai is freaking out, and I'm about to travel hundreds or possibly thousands of miles to find a nation of giant spiders who might be being invaded by monsters from beyond space and time. What were you going to say?"

"Wait...monsters from...hundreds or...wait, what?!"

"I'm on a tight schedule, Akane. What were you going to say?"

"I...I was going to say that..."

"Yes?"

"That..."

"Tight schedule here. Tick tock."

"I was going to say that I love you, with all my heart and soul. And that Ino has...some sort of feelings for you, and that she's more beautiful than me and smarter than me and she's a Clan Head so she'd be a better match for you and—mmph!"

Hazō held the kiss until she stopped being a block of marble and melted into his arms, and then he held it several seconds longer. Finally he leaned back, keeping his hands cupped around her face.

"I love you," he said, gazing into her eyes. "I'm no good at this and I'm going to say it wrong if I'm not careful, so bear with me. I love you, I want to be with you, I don't care whether you're appropriate by some stupid standard or the Hagoromo approve of you or whatever."

"But...Ino's a Clan Head. Political marriage—"

"Wouldn't work for us. Or maybe it would. I don't know. Law is weird and I'm pretty sure there's no precedent for marriage between Clan Heads. It might mean that we have to eliminate one of the clans and combine them, and neither of us would do that. Well, I suppose we might if there was some commensurate advantage that would do a better job of caring for our people—" He forced himself to stop and take a breath. "Look, when Jiraiya was the Gōketsu Clan Head and Inoichi was the Yamanaka Clan Head, it might have made political sense for me and Ino to get married. Maybe. Now? No. Not any time soon, anyway. And definitely not if it means giving you up." He chuckled. "Besides, she's scary. And I think she enjoys messing with me too much for anything more."

Akane shook her head slightly, motion restricted by Hazō's hands on her brick-red cheeks. She reached up and rested her hands over his. "No, I don't think so. She hasn't really faced her feelings for you—I'm not even sure she understands them or even knows she has them, but there's something there. There's a spark between the two of you."

Hazō snatched at the Iron Nerve and told it to replay his body language from five seconds ago, before Akane had spoken, but it was too late. She had already felt the tension in his body and seen the flash of guilt on his face.

"Hazō, it's okay," she said, smiling. She gently pushed his hands out of the way so that she could loop her arms around his neck. "It's okay. Really. I don't know exactly what my feelings are for Ino, but there's something. She's a dear friend, and a confidant, and...and she's inspiring. She's helped me, made me feel stronger. She's listened to me when I was down and given me good advice. Taught me some of what a Clan Head does so that I can be a better helper for you. Taken me shopping, taught me about styles. Showed me her cosmetics and how to use them." She snorted. "It's about as appropriate for a girl like me as a hat on a pig, but it was sweet of her. She—"

"What do you mean, 'a girl like you'?" Hazō demanded, eyes narrowing.

She bopped him lightly on the nose with one finger. "Don't try to distract me. I was talking to Mari about the way she lived her life. Have you heard her use the word 'polyamory'?"

Hazō's throat closed up as he flashed back to the humiliating moment when his then-teacher had advised him on how to pursue Akane, while an amused Asuma watched from a few yards away. He nodded jerkily.

"It sounded good," Akane said. "She spoke about how three people can be better than two. How it always seemed to her like monogamous couples are the ridiculous idea, how selfish it is to expect one person to meet all of your emotional needs. With a triad there's someone to mediate a fight. When one of you goes off on a mission—say, traveling thousands of miles to face monsters from beyond time and space, for example. When one of you goes on a mission, you aren't left all alone to worry. There's another loved one there to worry with you."

Hazō thought very carefully before speaking. "Are you saying that you want to have a triad with you, me, and Ino?"

She shrugged and smiled ruefully. "I don't know what I want, Hazō. I don't exactly have a lot of experience dating. I love you. I like Ino very much and I would enjoy spending more time with her...what kind of time is an open question, but it's something I'd be interested in figuring out. What Mari said made sense. It sounded like a piece of truth snapping into place, like something I had always believed but never known to articulate. The idea of the three of us together sounds good. Scary...I'm worried that she'll outshine me and I'll end up the third wheel, but it's not the idea of a three-person relationship that bothers me. So, yes. I'm open to the idea, although it's not something I need to do. What do you think? Do you want to be in a triad with me and Ino?"

There had been any number of times when Hazō had spoken carelessly to Kagome-sensei over breakfast in the Gōketsu Manor, where he shared an idea that was still half-baked without spending the requisite minutes to clearly state, in triplicate and with both charts and a signed and witnessed five-hundred word essay, that he knew the idea was half-baked and not to be pursued yet, merely to be discussed in order to complete the baking. On those occasions, the man's screams had likely sent ninja fleeing for their lives even back in Snow Country, so Hazō was learning to consider his words more carefully.

Hazō could hear those screams now as the back of his mind warned him to consider his next words very, very, very carefully.

"Akane...I think—"





What does Hazō think?

We will be having three simultaneous votes this week:


  • Response to Akane. Your options are:
    • [x] (Polyamory) Yes
    • [x] (Polyamory) No
  • Goings-on in Isan. The team will have just arrived so you'll be getting a briefing and can offer general suggestions. Your options are:
    • [x] (Isan) You got this, guys. Let me know how it goes.
    • [x] (Isan) Plan name
  • Your regular plan
    • [x] Plan name


XP AWARD: 4

Brevity XP: 1

Ami-style training: 0
You didn't have time.

"GM had fun" XP: 2
  • +1 for scene: Dogs
  • +1 for scene: Akane


It is now about 6am. You have two and a half hours before you need to be back on the Seventh Path. (Technically three until the new contractees arrive, but you're not about to wait to the last minute and you told Cannai you'd be back in three.)

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, January 27, 2021, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 407: Reasons to Survive

"Akane... I think—"

Hazō could feel the world balance on a knife's edge, just like it had when Mari invited them to run away with her. A binary choice. Two incompatible, incomparable futures. Hazō couldn't see even five minutes ahead into the future where he said yes, and that in itself made him feel like it might be better to back off. There was so much to lose—Akane herself, whose worries he simply didn't have the experience to dismiss, but also things like the Gōketsu's bond with the Ino-Shika-Chō, either or both clans' reputation, and, of course, his life (if Gōketsu Hazō couldn't get himself executed for treason as a result of dating a mind-reader, no one could). Life was good right now. The Gōketsu were wealthy, influential, and succeeding at a dozen Uplift projects. He was already in the romantic relationship of his dreams. Leaf was fragile but recovering. Sure, the entire Seventh Path might be on the verge of destruction at the appendages of unknown eldritch abominations, but there was always something.

But then Hazō thought about that other decision. He could have chosen to trust in the status quo, such as it was, back then. He'd had a place in the nascent Hidden Swamp as a team leader and elite alligator wrangler. He'd been surrounded by skilled warriors, led by a man who seemed to know exactly what he was doing. Granted, he hadn't been too optimistic about his life expectancy, but choosing to run with a dubious jōnin who was even then demonstrating her willingness to abandon her comrades in order to save her life had been like jumping out of the frying pan and into the caldera. The sensible thing would surely have been to stay, and trust in Shikigami-sensei's plan and the people fighting by his side.

Everyone who had chosen the sensible thing was dead.

And on the other path, so far from the status quo you couldn't see it with a telescope (assuming those weren't a myth, as Hazō was increasingly starting to suspect), he'd found adventure, discovery, power and success beyond anything he could have dreamed of, and yes, true love. There was no way a path built on sensible, safe decisions could have left him demonstrating the supremacy of Righteous Face Punching Style before a village of bemused missing-nin and one starry-eyed Akane.

For that matter, a path built on sensible, safe decisions would have curved way around Kagome-sensei's forest, meaning no sealing, no skywalkers, and no joining Leaf. Looking back, Hazō had only reached the point where dating Ino was imaginable because making bold, unreasonable decisions that paid off beyond anyone's expectations was his status quo. No matter how he might pretend that rationality was his guiding virtue, the Way of Hazō was to dream big, take enormous risks to fulfil those dreams, and beat the odds because he was awesome and had an equally awesome family at his back.

"I think I want this," Hazō told Akane.

"I don't know exactly what 'this' is," he admitted, "or how it's supposed to work. I love Mari and trust her judgement enormously, but we've never seen her do polyamory herself, and by all accounts, the Heartbreaker wasn't a poster girl for healthy relationships either. The best working models we have are Keiko and Mitarashi—Kei Anko, and I can't imagine imitating the former and refuse to imagine imitating the latter.

"So that makes this a leap into the unknown, and I promise you, Akane, I'm at least as scared of things going wrong as you are. You may think you know just how badly I can mess up a romantic relationship, but I have a feeling that you ain't seen nothing yet. Twice the girlfriends means twice the disaster potential. No, more than that, because I'm sure there are some kinds of disaster that exist just for triads as a whole, or if they don't, I will probably invent them."

Akane laughed warmly. Little could have had more of a grounding effect on Hazō (except maybe a hug, which he made a note to get before moving on to the rest of the day's business).

"Still," he said. "A leap into the unknown. Dangers and rewards we can't even imagine, except that we know both are going to be huge. It sounds like an adventure, and there's no one I'd rather go on an adventure with than you."

He stretched out his hand.

Akane took it, then pulled him into an unexpected hug. There really was something calming about her, down to the scent of her hair.

"Well," she said as they disengaged, "I guess we're doing this."

"We are," he agreed, "though maybe not until I'm done with my first epic quest as Dog Summoner."

"You said something about monsters from beyond space and time?" Akane asked, instantly switching from romantic to alert.

"Grab whoever from the clan's around for an emergency briefing. I don't have much time."

-o-​

The Nara extra-secure discussion space for visitors (the distinction was intriguing) was not designed to be welcoming, with its gloomy colour scheme, natural lack of windows, and strictly-functional furniture. "Top-secret business is tiring and stressful," it seemed to say, "so please get this over with fast so we can go take a nap." However, the Nara were still an ancient and proud clan, with a lineage tracing back to the Sage himself or one of his many brothers, and were about as prepared to invite a guest for an intellectual discussion without serving green tea as the Hyūga were to attend a Clan Council meeting wearing youthsuit green.

"I hope this is important, Hazō," Keiko said impatiently, her cup sitting motionlessly in front of her as if only there for decoration. "You and I will have plenty of opportunities to communicate during check-ins, and I had hoped to finish my preparations early so I could have the evening to… say goodbye."

"Trust me, Keiko, I don't want to be here either."

Keiko raised an eyebrow.

"Sorry," Hazō said, "that came out wrong. I mean I'm in a hurry as well, and also I'm not exactly bearing good news."

"I see. You have finally recognised the depths of your secretary's depravity, and are here to beg me to restore coherence and efficiency to the Gōketsu record-keeping systems before I depart."

Hazō looked at her blankly.

"No? Well, there is no time in any case. Then you are here because you find yourself unable to cope with a happy and stable love life, and desire my expert insight on how to render it more troublesome and complicated."

"Well, actually…" Hazō began. "I mean, no, that's not why I'm here. I wanted to consult you about a potential existential threat."

"I assure you, Hazō, my love life has not quite reached that level, though given projected trends…"

"Keiko,"—Hazō gave her a look of exasperation—"aren't you supposed to be in a hurry yourself?"

"Apologies. I have been in a flurry of activity preparing KEI paperwork for Naruto to force Ami to process, and assigning tasks within the clan to ensure that Shikamaru does not overburden himself again in my absence, and teasing you always makes for excellent stress relief. So, what have you invented on this occasion?"

"Keiko."

"I was serious that time."

Hazō sighed. "Does the term 'Eaters' mean anything to you?"

Keiko shook her head. "Nothing specific. Why?"

"An Arachnid—we think—washed up in Dog territory and warned us that they were coming. Unfortunately, it was badly injured, and died before it could say anything else. 'The Eaters are coming, the Alliance is called', apparently."

"It could be a clan epithet, I suppose," Keiko said. "'Filth Eaters' is a known slur for the Hyena Clan, for example. But that would not seem to warrant such drama."

"There's more," Hazō said grimly. "Cannai, the Dog Clan boss, said there were legends about the Eaters on the Seventh Path, apocalyptic monsters from beyond sealed away by the Sage and his band."

He paused.

"Sealed away by a band of five."

Keiko stood up.

"We need Shikamaru for this. I have been studying the forbidden lore of the Nara, as time allows, but I remain a latecomer. It is probably nothing, but just in case, do not leave this room."

It was probably nothing, but just in case, Hazō was glad he was only a shadow clone.

-o-​

"Eaters. Devourers. The Ravenous Ones. Gaki," Shikamaru listed off, gazing at the ceiling in recollection. "I am not a specialist in applied mythology, but such legends are ubiquitous. Unfortunately, they have precious little in common, and nothing tying them to the Seventh Path. For some reason, the act of eating appears to evoke fear and superstitious awe among the unenlightened. Within the Fire Country, this can be attributed to centuries of warfare against the Akimichi, but I know of no Akimichi summoners."

"So none of this rings any bells?" Hazō asked cautiously. "No lore about sealed horrors which might have recently got free and be in urgent need of stopping?"

"There are two broad kinds of sealed horror, Hazō," Shikamaru said admonishingly. "Those where, were they to break free, you would know, and those where they would be too subtle for anyone to know until it was too late. Besides, I see no reason why any entity from the Human Path should traverse the infinite aether in order to reach the Seventh Path and only then begin its rampage, nor how it would do so without holding a summoning contract. As for entities originating on the Seventh Path… well, as long as they remain confined there, Leaf's priority is ensuring our summoners' safety and continued military effectiveness.

"The reference to the Sage's band of five troubles me, however. You should see if Cannai can offer you names or descriptions. For my part, I will investigate the archives, but Nara information on the Seventh Path is sparse, so I make no promises."

"Thank you," Hazō said.

"On the contrary. Thank you for bringing this information to us. Please keep me informed as the investigation proceeds."

"What about Asuma?" Hazō asked. "Should I brief him on this?"

"As a fellow summoner, I imagine he would appreciate it," Shikamaru said. "Beyond that, there is really too little information at present to decide what countermeasures, if any, are necessary. This could be anything from a hoax to a simple chakra beast plague of the kind that destroyed Herring Country."

"What happened to Herring Country?"

"It is not a lead worth pursuing," Keiko said dismissively. "I will speak to Pantsā and see if he has anything to offer on the subject when I am next on the Seventh Path."

She paused.

"Hazō," she said more quietly, "please remember that the summon pact is a contract. You do not owe the Dog Clan any loyalty they have not purchased. You do not owe them your life. If there truly are sealed horrors out there, beings formidable enough that it required the Sage of Six Paths to stand against them, then this is not a battle you should be involved in. If you confirm the presence of such an enemy, escape immediately. Nothing else."

"I can't promise that, Keiko. I've accepted a mission. I'm not going to do anything suicidal, and I'm obviously going to fight to win, but risking your life for your objectives is part of being a ninja. In a world like ours, trying to live a life without danger just means forcing the people around you to take up a greater share of the burden."

"You imbecile!" Keiko's hands slammed against the table between them, knocking over cups of half-drunk tea. "Do you not understand!? A monster is sealed because it is too powerful to slay! Too powerful to be defeated! Every seal is a recognition of surrender by the human race, a delaying action fought against inevitable extinction! Do you not imagine we would have destroyed them if we could, a thousand times over? Even the Sage—"

"Keiko," Shikamaru said softly.

"Apologies," Keiko muttered, looking down. "But Hazō…"

She looked up at him, expression pleading. "I underestimated the power of the Seventh Path and it nearly cost me Ami. I cannot lose you to the same mistake."

"I understand," Hazō said finally. "Thank you for warning me, Keiko. I won't retreat from a fight I can win, but I promise I'll be careful." He saw something else in her expression, something unsaid, and added, "I won't leave you behind." The way Jiraiya did.

"Thank you," Keiko said. "For my part, if any shinobi of Isan should raise a hand against the Pangolin Summoner and her acknowledged minions, I promise the survivors will beg to join Leaf as the only way to escape my wrath. I owe Isan a debt of gratitude and a debt from the Night of the Surfing Tapirs, and I am prepared to repay either in full."

"Keiko," Shikamaru interrupted, "you do realise the objective of the mission is to secure additional military power for Hidden Leaf? While I approve in principle of extraordinary violence being inflicted on any who harm my wife, the Hokage may be less amused if you leave Isan in smoking ruins."

"To think that all my training in non-lethal incapacitation will finally be of use," Keiko mused. "I will be certain to collect some obscure Isanese weaponry from my fallen victims to serve as a thank-you gift."

And Asuma had been worried about sending him on a diplomatic mission.

"I'm running low on time," Hazō said. "Let's decide on comms protocols, and then I need to dispel myself so Hazō Flowchart knows what to say to Asuma."

-o-​

"That's fine," Asuma said. "Be aware that this puts you in debt to the Hagoromo—I'm sanctioning this mission, but ultimately summoner work is about your personal efforts to gain power, same as if you were taking time out to learn a new ninjutsu. It serves Leaf, and Leaf may lend you resources to accomplish it, but Leaf doesn't pay for costs incurred. Also, I have a report on file from the Hagoromo about you taking your apprentice out of Leaf on a week-long hunt without their consent. As far as I'm concerned, that's for the two of you to sort out and they shouldn't be running to me over every little thing, but be aware that I consider them in the right on this one. I appreciate the need for some flexibility, but I didn't instruct you to conduct the teaching at their compound on a whim."

"I understand, sir."

"You have skytower permission for this mission," Asuma went on, "but you're to respect the strictest OPSEC. If the wrong clan gets hold of those seals, or even just the insight that skytowers are seal-based technology, we could end up with a mess that makes the Pangolin War look like a playground scrap. I know for a fact Crow spies have been studying former skytower sites in abandoned Pangolin territory, though Keiko assures me the Pangolins took care to clean up after themselves.

"Anything else?"

"Yes, sir," Hazō said. "Akane will be staying behind as acting Clan Head."

"Of course she will," Asuma said. "I hope you appreciate what a treasure you have in that girl. If I were her age, and being offered the choice between travelling to an exotic land for a mission with a strong team and low chances of combat and staying home to handle half a clan's worth of work…"

"I know exactly what she is, sir," Hazō said with radiant pride.

"I suppose you do," Asuma agreed. "Ask the genin on your estate what the rumour mill says about you two sometime."

"I… will, sir," Hazō said uncertainly. Great. Now he was going to spend the whole mission wondering about that. Maybe he should include an investigation in his next briefing for Akane.

"Sorry everything's crazy again, sir," he added, a little sheepishly. It had been such a rare treat to see him (relatively) well-rested and in good spirits that he felt guilty at being the one to plunge Asuma back into his own subpar status quo. "I know it's technically not my fault this time, but I hate to be the bearer of bad news right as things were calming down."

Asuma gave a resigned smile. "Welcome to the life of the Hokage. Bear that in mind if, like every young person not named Nara, you're dreaming of wearing the hat one day.

"I won't pretend you don't give me many headaches, Hazō, but at least every crisis is an interesting one with you. I still have three policy complaints and a dispute resolution to handle today, and that's just scheduled business."

"Hashirama's stamina to you, sir."

"May the Will of Fire light your path in strange lands, Hazō."

-o-​

You have received 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 XP.

Reminder that this update is too short for Shadow Clone XP.

-o-​

Kagome on gaki: "Could be. Gaki are too dumb to break into another Path on their own, or they'd have done it by now, but I can see the Sage bringing some along as insurance back when he was building his prison. Maybe he sealed some up and set up a trigger to let them loose when the population got too high. That's probably why there are legends. He tried them out once, then swept in once they were done to lock them up again and make himself look the hero. Fits the stinker's MO to a tee. Does the Summon Realm have a moon? Probably not? Good. Even Whirlpool couldn't figure out how to get to the seal on the moon. Your best bet for fighting gaki is to hit them from ambush, before they can open their mouth. What you don't want to do is to let them eat your explosions. Nothing more nutritious than a good explosion."

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 30th of January, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 408: (Let Slip) The Dogs Explore

"You cut it close, Summoner."

"With respect, you said that I had four hours, I said I'd be back in three, I'm back in three."

"Hm."

Hazō shrugged and offered up an ambiguous smile. It covered many sins. He held up a sheaf of seals as a distraction. "I brought...well, basically all the gear. I'm set to protect your people."

"'My' people, Summoner?"

"I didn't want to presume."

"Hm."

"Are they here yet?"

"Ten minutes, perhaps."

"Okay. While we wait, is there anything more you can say about the Eaters? That sounded important."

"Very little that would be of any use, and I am reluctant to set your expectations falsely. The myths are some of the earliest we have."

"Damn. In that case, what else can you tell me about the mission? Where exactly are we going? What can I expect to see on the way in terms of dangers or opportunities? Do I have any secondary objectives, like making maps or finding resources or training our pack, or establishing diplomatic relations, or—"

"Is this your normal reaction to stressful situations?"

Hazō blinked and closed his mouth. After a moment he shrugged. "Pretty much, yes. There isn't a lot of time and I need a lot of information very quickly. I'm good at making plans in the moment but I need the basic information to work with."

"Very well. In answer to your questions: Many things. North-northwest to meet your team, then west. Bears, Cats, Arachnids, and more. Scratched-out version only, nothing time-consuming. If you stumble on them, lovely, but don't go looking. Yes, but only on the move. That's your mission leader's job."

Hazō paused, thinking back through the conversation to try to match up his questions and Cannai's answers. "Okayyy...any further comments?"

Cannai's eyes crinkled very slightly in amusement. "Canabisu is the leader of your mission with you as second in command and defense coordinator. Your primary job is to maintain contact with me and provide me with maximum strategic information. Your secondary job is to protect the other members of your expedition. All members of your mission aside from yourself are expendable."

"Are...? Oh."

"I did mention this earlier."

"No, no, you did. It just...hadn't really sunk in."

"If you wish to be a Clan Head you will need to learn to sacrifice your family when necessary."

"Right. Yes."

"Returning to the topic—"

"YAYYYYY!"

The sound of nineteen overexcited puppies galloping out of the pre-dawn dim and pouncing on their Summoner (who apparently was some weird extraworldly thing called a 'human'!) did not have a close analogy. The feeling of it was rather like being run over by a heavy fur blanket that wiggled and prodded at you with many cold wet noses while simultaneously pinning you to the ground under its mass. Oh, and the blanket was administering lots of slobbery licking.

"That's enough, children."

"YAYYYYY!!"

"Children! Get off the Summoner, please."

"Don' wanna! He's neat!" / "He squeaks!" / "Is he supposed to be that color?" / "I go first, I go first!" / "No, meeeee! I want to see the Human Place!" / "Me, me, me!"

Cannai leaned forward and started firmly nosing the puppies off of Hazō, starting with the two that had floomped on his neck.

"No, Cantelabra, humans are not supposed to be that color. If he starts turning that color, step away from him because you're probably choking him."

"Ack...heavy..."

"Alpha, we can't be choking him! We didn't use any teeth!"

"Yeah! Packmaster Canni says to choke someone you need to bite their throat and shake like this!" The Golden Retriever puppy shook his head furiously from side to side, growling his best (and rather adorable) growl.

"What? That's stupid! My Packmaster said that if you shake all you do is tear the wound open and spray blood everywhere, and that makes you stinky and shows where you killed and sometimes lets them make noise! The best way is to latch on and squeeze, and let yourself hang under them so they get pulled to the ground."

"Dum-my! Dum-my! Your Packmaster is a dum-my! Our Packmaster says—"

"Your Alpha says: Sit!"

Nineteen fuzzy bottoms hit the ground instantly and thirty-eight eyes got very big.

"My apologies, Alpha," said the gray-muzzled beagle who had trotted up several seconds after the puppies swarmed Hazō. She was out of breath and clearly on the edge of exhaustion. "They got ahead of me."

"It's fine, Canephore. Thank you for bringing them so quickly." He surveyed the line of attentive and slightly wiggly pups. "I am grateful to all of you for being here. Now, I need a few more minutes with the Summoner before you all accept the covenant. Please wait by the fire. Eat something, and it would be wise to lie down for a bit if you can manage it."

Canephore herded the protesting and wiggling puppies away.

"Where were we?" Cannai said thoughtfully. "Ah, I recall. Your mission to prevent the Dog Clan from being entered by surprise into a two-front war, hopefully find us allies against the existential threat of your sister's warmongering Pangolin Clan and, oh yes, potentially save all life on the Seventh Path." His tongue lolled. "So, no pressure."

"Very considerate of you to finish that way."

"I try. Going back to where we were: You are going to the Dog coastline. You are then going west. Canabisu is your team leader with you as his second. You are in charge of the team's security. He sets policy, you implement it. He controls strategy—where you travel, how long you stay in one place, whether you negotiate or fight. You control tactics—preparation of defenses, whether to fight lethal or non-lethal, and so on."

"How long do you expect this mission to take? Weeks, months?"

"It's about three hundred leagues from here to the northwest corner of Dog. If Canabisu chooses to pass directly across Bear, that will be another four hundred. If he chooses to follow the coastline, perhaps four times that. Cat...we don't know the size of Cat, but it's large. We believe that they reach all the way to the coast on the north, meaning that crossing them directly is an option without worrying about missing Arachnid. Going along the coastline would make it easier to avoid attention, cutting through would be both much quicker and much more dangerous. We have no information whatsoever about the width of their territory or what adjoins them to the west or south. I need that information. Canabisu will choose how to find the west border of Cat. Once you find it you will follow the coastline until you find Arachnid. You will provide protection for the team, but you will survive this mission, even if it means the rest of the team dies. Protect them, do your best to make the mission succeed, but survive. I desperately need this information, but if we end up in a war, whether it be against the Pangolin or the Eaters, you are more useful to me as a communications hub and a rapid-response force than the members of this force are."

Cannai studied him for a moment to ensure that the message had sunk in, then nodded and continued.

"The most critical element of your orders: You will report to me at least twice per day, more often if you have important information. Those reports will include summaries from every one of your contractees. I am going to be dispersing them across the entire Dog territory. You will not disclose this information to anyone outside of your team. Some of the information you will be hearing will be sensitive, and the parts that aren't sensitive will still amount to a disturbingly complete picture of our internal status and capabilities. I am placing a tremendous amount of faith in you, Hazō. Do not let me down."

"I won't, sir." He licked his lips, thinking. "Three hundred leagues? That's going to take days."

"You will be there by mid-morning tomorrow. The rest of your team will arrive by noon."

"How...I mean...but...what?"

Cannai's tongue lolled. "It is fortuitous that you supplied us with those saddle bags. Go make your contracts."

o-o-o-o​

Hazō tucked his head more firmly into Cannai's side and scrunched down as far as he could into the saddlebag. The ground was tearing past far too quickly, the wind of their passage cold on his skin. He had to keep his mouth tightly closed and face tipped down or to the side because otherwise the wind choked him or pressed painfully on his tightly-closed eyes. Every few yards the world would blur around them and Hazō's stomach would turn a flip. He had made the mistake of looking around during the first couple of blurs and had nearly vomited.

Three young pups rode in Cannai's right-hand saddlebag, mostly to balance out Hazō's weight in the left. One of them, Cantelabra, would be part of the voyage while the other two would be dropped off elsewhere to be points in the Summoner-centered communications net that Cannai was building.

Abruptly, Cannai's stride shortened. Moments later he shifted into a fast trot that jounced his passengers uncomfortably. Thirty seconds later he came to a halt.

"We have arrived."

"Urgh," Hazō said, flopping out of the bag and onto the ground. He tried to straighten up but his inner ear had been in revolt for the last fifteen hours and he couldn't manage to make the world stay oriented. He chose instead to roll on his back and focus on not vomiting.

"I can feel you laughing," he moaned. He tried closing his eyes but that made the dizziness worse so now he was staring fixedly at the clouds.

"Now, Summoner, would I do such a thing?"

"That was the best, Alpha! Can we go again?!"

"Later, children. Packmaster Candi is over that way, and if you ask very nicely he might have some honey treats for you."

"Yes, Alpha! C'mon, guys!" The gallop of oversized paws left Hazō alone with the Dog Boss.

"Ugh. How are you not even tired? You didn't stop or even slow down all day."

"Not true. We stopped thrice."

"Okay, needing to pee does not count! And besides, you didn't go. It was just me and the kids."

The raised eyebrow was almost audible.

"No, I wasn't watching. Gah. I have ears. I could hear the puppers but nothing from your direction."

"I am the Alpha of Dog Territory."

"Yeah, that's not an answer."

"It is, in fact. And also the only one I have. Can you stand?"

With an old man's groan, Hazō rolled to his belly, climbed to his knees, and made it to his feet. The world was still spinning but it had slowed down enough that he was confident he could walk. "I'm good. Where to?" A thought occurred and he hurried to add, "Is the mission itself going to be like that?"

Cannai stood up and started walking towards a minor hill up ahead. "It will not. You will be expected to go on your own rather numerically-challenged number of feet."

"Oh, Sage be praised."

They reached the crest of the hill and Hazō paused at the view below.

The Seventh Path ocean spread before him, an endless cerulean expanse that stretched far beyond what he had ever seen on the Human Path before disappearing and eventually disappeared into a hazy horizon. The sun dazzled diamonds across the surface and waves crushed the shore in repeated hammer blows, each one cresting at twice Hazō's height. The scent of salt and fish and seaweed pressed itself firmly to his face.

"Wow."

Cannai stood silently beside him, giving Hazō time to drink in the sight. After a solid thirty seconds, Hazō shook it off and started walking again. The long grass and dirt of the prairie that had gripped firmly to the ground on the far side of the hill was trickling rapidly away, the soil growing sandy and the grasses sparser and sharper. There was a small gathering of dogs waiting on the sand below, watching them descend.

"Ah," Cannai said regretfully. "I see that we are late. Apparently I shouldn't have held back so much."

"Held back?!"

"Yes. I've noticed that humans tend to have stomach trouble when I move quickly. It's why I ran most of the distance."

"Wait, what? Ran most of the distance?"

"Welcome," Cannai said, raising his voice slightly as the three dogs who had been waiting came to meet them. "You arrived more swiftly than I expected."

"Hey, Alpha," said the leader. He was surprisingly deep-voiced for such a little mop of a terrier—a bit larger than the ninjutsu master Canun, but still barely up to Hazō's knee. His dangly tan fur was liberally shot with gray and he moved a bit stiffly. The other two dogs had normal-sized saddlebags but his had been miniaturized in order to not drag on the ground. "How's your morning?"

"It goes well, Canabisu. The children have been contracted by the Summoner and are being dispersed as we speak, and I had a pleasing run on the way here."

"Far out. You must be the Summoner?"

"Gōketsu Hazō, sir. A pleasure to make your acquaintance."

The small dog eyed Hazō up and down. "You too, buddy. You're shorter than Kakashi was."

"I'm younger, sir. Still growing."

"Far out. Did the boss fill you in?"

"Yes, sir."

"Got any problems being second in command and not first?"

That was a heck of a question to ask while the rest of the delegation (squad? unit?) was ranged behind him.

"I do not, sir. In fact, it sounds quite pleasant. I'm the Clan Head back home, so everything is on my shoulders. Leaving strategic and routing decisions to you while I implement them and control our security efforts...well, honestly, it will be a vacation."

"Cool." He nosed towards the dogs arrayed on either side of him, naming them in turn. "This is Cangue and Canaut. They'll be the fighters of the team, under your tactical authority."

"Hello," said Cangue. She was probably long-legged and lean, but it was impossible to tell given the curtain of copper-blonde hair that tumbled down her sides and legs, rendering her virtually square. Her head was triangular with an elegant snout and a shiny wet nose that was notably smoother than those of the other dogs around her. There was a certain aloofness to her that immediately made Hazō nervous. The last thing he needed was subordinates who resented him.

"You're the Summoner, huh?" Canaut said, eyeing Hazō. "I thought you'd be taller."

"I get that a lot."

Canaut's jaw dropped open and his tongue lolled in amusement. He was one of the largest breeds that Hazō had met thus far, with thick legs, a short, wide head and droopy facial folds that made him look like a disapproving schoolmaster. His fur was close to his body, mostly white with large tan panels across his sides and tail.





"Hey, boss, weren't we supposed to have a kid along?" Canabisu asked, looking at Cannai.

"Indeed. Cantelabra is with the others. I wanted the grownups to be able to meet and speak without distraction. For my own part, I need to be elsewhere so I shall leave you to it. Good luck to all of you. Stay alive, and good hunting." He nodded to each of them, then turned and vanished up and over the hill, clods of dirt erupting behind him as he ran.

"Show off!" Canabisu shouted after him. He snorted in amusement and shook his head. "Let's get the kid and put this show on the road. We've got twenty miles to the border with Bear and the head of the local sleuth is expecting us by noon. She's promised us an escort to the border of her patch and we'll talk to the next guy in line to get sent on from there."

"We're going straight across?" Hazō asked.

"Ayup. Way too much hassle to try sneaking through and the Bear folk are pretty chill dudes. Mostly. I've got some mellow with me that should help things." He turned towards where Cantelabra had been sent and started walking.

"'Some mellow'?" Hazō asked, falling in beside him.

"Ick," Cangue said. "Canabisu, how can you chew that foulness? It tastes like Hyena scat smells."

"Hey, chill with the attitude, sister. I've got the good stuff, not that dirt weed that grows around you Silver Ridge types. If that's all you've ever had then no wonder you're so down on it. Don't worry, my stuff isn't all bitter like that." He gestured towards the miniature saddlebag on his left. "Trust me, it's good."

"Hrmph."

"Actually," Hazō said diffidently. "It might not be a bad idea for the four of us to make contract so that I can summon you if necessary. It would give us a secure location for discussions that need to stay private from our hosts, whether that's in Bear or elsewhere. It's quick—we exchange a drop of blood, make a contract, and spend a little chakra."

"Oh, cool," Canabisu said. "Far out, I get to see the Human Path. Canaut and Cangue, you guys are second and third. I'm calling dibs on the first contracting."





Author's Note: I'm out of time and energy for the day, so I'm going to wrap it there and do the rest in overview.

You have formed contracts with everyone on the mission. You have been traveling together for four days and it's going well thus far. Cangue is still a bit reserved but it seems like that's just who she is and she doesn't have a problem with you in particular. Canaut is calm and probably a bit thick, but he works well with you now that he's seen you know what you're doing in terms of wildnerness safety. He has made some useful suggestions which you accepted. Cantelabra is a little hyperactive and adorable. He is a bit younger than ideal, as he has a tendency to waste energy on the run and then need to stop for a rest. It was less than a day before you and Canabisu decided that wasn't going to fly. Now, whenever Cantelabra needs a nap he either rides in your backpack or the saddlebags of one of the other two. He seems to enjoy it, which has led to some concern that he's sandbagging.

Canabisu is very laid-back but he knows his business. He has successfully negotiated passage for the team through the territory of two sleuths. Based on what you've been told, there are four more between you and the western border of Bear, which is the eastern border of Cat. After some discussion, and the offer of skytower usage for sleeping, he has decided to head straight across Cat territory as it will shave weeks off of the trip.

The terrain is light forest or open prairie in sunny weather with mild temperatures, making this pretty much optimal conditions for traveling. Under these conditions, ninja can travel at 20 mph for 8 hours a day, 4 days a week. The adult dogs can keep up with ninja speed, although Canabisu's age makes him stiff and he needs time in the mornings to limber up. Canabisu has set a policy of traveling quickly for two days, then keeping a moderate pace the next day and stopping early. It's working so far; no one is looking too ground down, although you're watching Canabisu nervously.

You have managed the communications networks for the Dogs and Cannai seems pleased with your performance thus far. as best you can, but you don't have the chakra to do the job, even though the puppies are very low-cost summons, ranging from 5-15 CP with an average of 10. Given that you only have 260 CP max, the best you can do is summon 4 puppies in the morning, take their reports, summon Cantily and give her the details so she can report back to Cannai, then repeat the process in the evening. Cannai is disappointed and grumpy but recognizes that it's the best that can be done given the limitations of his Summoner. He has hinted that improving your chakra reserves would be a Good Thing. (Yes, this paragraph was amended after @Velorien pointed out the issue.) For the duration of the mission Hazō is at 100 CP unless he gets permission to skip a check-in. Cannai is the only one who can provide that authority, although Canabisu is chief of mission and can provide permission for anything else, including Hazō taking a few hours on the Human Path to talk with family and/or friends if he wants to. You have been sleeping in skytowers at night, so it should be pretty safe to do that. Note that dogs are not capable of operating seals so they cannot get up or down without Hazō's help. They are working on it.

The Gōketsu estate spins on. Akane is doing a fine job thus far and nothing exciting has happened. You've had very brief conversations—you are only on the Human Path twice a day and only for 30-60 minutes each time, because that's how long it takes to summon the puppies, get their reports, and then send it all back to Cannai by way of the final summon. You've had time for a quick smooch or a cup of tea together here or there, but nothing more.

XP AWARD: 16 This update covered four days.

Brevity XP: 4

"GM had fun" XP: 0
No strong feelings.

Voting is open but there's no actual decision points available on the Seventh Path. You can give directions to the Gōketsu regarding things you want done on the Human Path or any messages you want sent, but that's about it. Here are some options, not all of which might be good ideas:

  • [x] Steady as she goes. Listen to Canabisu, trust in your subordinates, wait for further developments.
  • [x] Arrange 4 hours off in the evening after the dogs are safely in a skytower. You, Ino, and Akane can have dinner and discuss your future relationship.
  • [x] Tell Kagome-sensei to stop working on reactive armor and focus on [write in]
  • [x] Ask Asuma for permission to ask River about the Kangaroo scroll
  • [x] Ask Asuma for permission to send a mission to retrieve the Kraken Scroll
  • [x] Ask Asuma for permission to send a mission to retrieve the Otter Scroll
  • [x] Send out more Haru-style direct-payment uplift missions using Gōketsu scrip
  • [x] Send out more Haru-style direct-payment uplift missions using ryō
  • [x] Send a team to the iron mine to start clearing the land
  • [x] Send a team to acquire land somewhere in Fire and clear it. (Write in what type of land)
  • Write in
Voting ends on Wednesday, February 3, 2021, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 409: Inescapable Guests
Chapter 409: Inescapable Guests

"Who dares impede the passage of the Pangolin Summoner?" Panjandrum boomed. "Give the order, Summoner, and I shall tear them to shreds with these claws that have taken a thousand mortal lives!"

Once again, it was a warm autumn day in Tea Country. Once again, patterns of dappled sunlight played on the ground as the breeze shifted the canopy to and fro. Once again, a squad of heavily-armed shinobi eyed Kei's team warily, trapped between the simple, rigid nature of their mission and a more complicated reality none of them had been briefed for.

"Squonk?"

Oh, yes, and once again, a candle of tapirs was unable to read the mood.

"Be calm, Panjandrum," Kei said serenely, suppressing a smile by dint of extensive practice. "This must be our honour escort, for surely Isan's scouts have long since informed them of our coming."

Six Isan patrol ninja exchanged uncertain glances. The other two were busy staring in horror, not at the towering killing machine with claws that could dismember them with a single twitch, but at the diminutive redhead standing next to it.

"Please permit us to accompany you, Summoner," the oldest ninja decided. "Noboyuki, go ahead and let Commander Gasai know we're coming."

"Yes, Captain!"

The youngest ninja, wide-eyed, sprinted away as if all the Pangolins of the Seventh Path were snapping at his heels (which, in a certain sense, they were).

-o-​

The crowd of onlookers grew steadily as the team advanced into Isan, pointedly ignoring any challenges and proceeding straight to Akio's shrine at the heart of the older part of the village. By the time they passed through the red shrine gates (a rare curiosity to Kei, since in Leaf, shrines to individual kami were forbidden, while in Mist, ancestral shrines were decorated according to each clan's unique traditions), it seemed half the village was gathered outside, attempting to crush Kei with the intolerable weight of its combined attention.

Fortunately, the script for this performance was already written. Kei did not need to urgently seek ways to placate or annihilate this audience, only to speak the lines with suitable conviction.

She identified a pair of shinobi in the audience carrying training weapons. "You two. Head to the Kannagi estate and inform Elder Kannagi that the Pangolin Summoner invites him to join her in prayer to Akio to reaffirm her commitment to Isan's welfare."

One of the pair opened her mouth, then shut it again at a glare from Panjandrum which eloquently said, "You are either an ally or a cooking ingredient, and I know which I will have more need of by dinnertime." After Pandā, he was definitely Kei's favourite pangolin.

"Y-Yes, Summoner!"

According to Yuno's intel, the High Priest discouraged worship at Akio's shrine, claiming it pointless to focus overmuch on a mission already fulfilled, and instead gave weekly speeches at a heavily-renovated shrine to Ui Isas. Heading straight for Akio's shrine like this was not an insult to the High Priest per se, but it did express piety and respect for tradition in a way that subtly juxtaposed them with his authority. It was also an invitation to a public meeting that Kannagi could not refuse.

"O Akio, Chosen of Ui the Beastmaster, may his name be forever sung by the ten thousand worlds," Kei began…

-o-​

Fifteen minutes later, Kei was distracting herself from the monotone vagueness of Isanese prayer by wondering whether seeking Akio's blessing counted as spiritual treason against the Will of Fire, and whether it mattered, given that she was likely already damned for her failure to believe (in this force that claimed supreme power and benevolence, yet at best rendered a single village in a single country a touch more enlightened than its neighbours), and in any case the ancestors would presumably have first claim on her soul. She was, she reflected, in a somewhat blessed position, since if she were treated as a Mori, she could expect an eternity in the company of Ami, and if she were treated as a clanless traitor, then the rest of the Gōketsu would be as well, so they could at least be tormented together. Unless, of course, their faith in the Will of Fire saved them, leaving her all alone…

"Summoner," Kannagi blissfully interrupted that train of thought. "You have returned."

The next step was to maintain the initiative. The worst-case scenario—the High Priest arriving first, to challenge them before they had a chance to learn the lay of the land—had been avoided. Their relative status in Isan meant it was proper for them to come to him to pay their respects, not vice versa, and making sure a potential meeting would require him to associate his authority to represent Isan with Akio tilted the odds further.

"Grandfather," Yuno said before Kannagi could continue, voice pitched to ensure universal audibility. "I have returned from my mission for the Kannagi Clan. Allow me the honour of reintroducing my companions.

"This is Nara Keiko, the Pangolin Summoner, who has ascended to greatness since she received Akio's blessing: she is sister and counsellor to Lord Hazō of the Gōketsu, the Dog Summoner and a member of the Clan Council of the Village Hidden in the Leaves; wife and second-in-command to Lord Shikamaru of the Nara, also a member of the Clan Council; member of the ruling triumvirate of the Konoha Enlightenment Initiative, commanding the loyalty of five hundred shinobi; champion of the Chūnin Exam, the grand tournament that encompasses the entire shinobi world; vanquisher of Conjura, Queen of the Condor Clan of the Seventh Path, granted the title of Dauntless for that feat; possessing lesser titles and claiming lesser achievements beyond enumeration."

The muttering in the background took on shades of awe, and also of pride, just as calculated. Nara Keiko might be little more than a stranger to Isan, but the Pangolin Summoner was theirs.

"These are Gōketsu Noburi and Gōketsu Mari, whose many titles I will not list now out of respect for your time, except to say that Gōketsu Noburi is the Toad Summoner, brother to Lord Hazō and Lady Keiko, heir presumptive to the Gōketsu Clan… and my lawfully wedded husband."

"Is that so?" Kannagi said slowly.

Kei held her breath. The crowd, sensing the tension, briefly quieted. This was the moment that would determine their policy for the entire rest of the Isan mission. Yuno was their local guide, but she was no politician, and she could not predict the responses of a man who had spent his life distancing himself from the cursed child as much as her contributions to the clan permitted.

"Welcome home, Granddaughter," Kannagi said. "It seems we have much to discuss."

Yuno bowed deeply and delivered the finishing blow.

"May I have your permission to offer the hospitality of the Kannagi to the Pangolin Summoner and her retinue?"

"Yes, Granddaughter," Kannagi said, and Kei felt a burst of empathy for a man whose choices had been remorselessly stripped from him, together with whatever future he had been crafting for himself. She might almost have pitied him, had he not been Mari and Noburi's co-conspirator in inflicting the same fate on Yuno. "I shall have accommodations prepared for you at once."

-o-​

"Mari, are you quite certain that offering Kannagi unrestricted opportunity to spy on us, poison our food, and otherwise take advantage of our every vulnerability is wise?"

"You've got to weigh it against the alternative. If we stay in an inn, or whatever inn-like thing we can get in a place that doesn't welcome visitors, we'll have all the same people out to get us, except Kannagi won't be honour-bound to protect us as guests. If someone goes after us in his home, it's his responsibility, and unless Isanese opinion on us swings far enough that they want us dead—which is possible, but we should at least be able to see it coming—at minimum he'll be shaming himself in front of everyone who respects the Pangolin Summoner.

"Sure, he'll spy on us for all he's worth, but the flip side is that he has a vested interest in making sure no one else can, so he can keep the information advantage. That also means we only need to worry about whatever spycraft the Kannagi have access to, and not, say the entire ninjutsu and seal arsenal the High Priest can call on. It's a calculated risk, but it's where I'd place my scrip. And of course, there's one more thing…"

-o-​

"Thank you, Elder Kannagi," Kei said. "I will be certain to praise your generosity when I speak with my brother in Leaf tonight."

"I beg your pardon?"

"My brothers and I are all summoners," Kei explained. "With our powers combined, it will be trivial to keep him apprised of events in Isan. He, and through him the Hokage and the Clan Council, will be gratified to learn of the kindness shown by the Kannagi to Leaf's chosen emissaries."

Delivered with the subtlety of a sledgehammer, Kei was aware, but her audience was broader than the politically savvy Kannagi.

"You honour me, Summoner," Kannagi lied through his teeth.

"The honour is mine," Kei lied back. "Now, let us pray to Akio to renew the bonds of our friendship."

Kei's team had many more Isan elders to make miserable, but Day 1, at least, could be considered a success.

-o-​

You have received 1 XP.

-o-​

Hazō hears all of the above delivered in Keiko's nightly report. It is rare to hear her quite this smug. What does Hazō say to her?

Voting closes on Saturday 6th of February, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Chapter 410: Feline Fracas Fears
Chapter 410: Feline Fracas Fears

It was five days to cross Bear, three running and two 'establishing diplomatic relations', which generally meant sitting around watching Canabisu schmooze with various Bear leaders. The little terrier smoothed the way with practiced ease; he was close friends with the chief of the easternmost sleuth and with the power of successive introductions and personal interaction there was no issue crossing through the territory. Well, no problems for Hazō beyond a world-shattering hangover and some queasiness the night after the first introduction party. Bear Clan honey mead tasted sweet without a hint of alcohol but it kicked like an entire team of steelbacks. Still, if one rummaged around hard enough in search of a silver lining, Hazō now had an entire repertoire of drunken speech and motion tucked away in the Iron Nerve. There was probably some that he didn't remember having—for example, Canaut had laughed at him the next morning for 'that weird upside-down dance you did with the sleuth chief', but Hazō had no idea what that meant.

Hazō's head was still pounding mid-morning of the following day as the leader of the local Bear sleuth was escorting them to the border of Cat. In part it was comradeship and a desire to keep trading jokes and stories with Canabisu, but the more serious part was an effort to ensure that they didn't stray too far north on their way. Apparently, the sleuth to the north was 'a bunch of crotchety assholes who won't let nobody on their turf'. The navigational challenges only got worse when they reached the end of the trip.

"The Cats aren't like us," said the sleuth leader, whose name Hazō couldn't remember. "There's too many kinds and they're all complete assholes. The strong ones are strong, the weak ones will jump on you from behind when you're taking a squat. The lions run in packs and they're pissy about their land. If you show up on their dirt, they'll attack." He snorted. "Actually, they're all pissy about their dirt and they'll all attack you basically whenever they see you."

"How do we know whose dirt we're standing on?" Hazō asked.

The bear, who definitely had a name that Hazō had definitely been told on at least two occasions except that both occasions had involved a gourd of mead the size of his head being pushed into his hands, snorted. "When you figure it out, let me know. They aren't real good on making that kind of thing clear, and I'm not sure they know themselves. Just be careful. Those grasslands are dangerous, even for us. And you lot are a bunch smaller." He eyed Hazō's two-legged and comparatively small-framed body with a dubious eye, but forbore to comment.

"Will the grass try to eat us?"

"What? That's...what? Grass?!"

"That's a no. In that case, not a big deal."

The bear looked at him as if he were crazy, then dropped back to all fours so that he could lean down and put his head close to Canabisu while keeping his eyes on Hazō just in case. The bear weighed at least a thousand pounds and topped seven feet when standing upright, but he looked positively uncertain as he glanced at Hazō while talking out the side of his mouth to the tiny terrier.

"Your human here...is he right in the head?"

Canabisu laughed. "From what Cannai tells me, on the Human Path the grass really will try to eat you sometimes. Or at least suck your blood out."

"It's only the vampire grass," Hazō said. "And it's a darker green than most other grass and has a longer seed pod, so you can spot it from a distance. It's not that big a threat unless you sleep in it. Well, or sit down in it for a few minutes. Well, or breathe in too many of the seeds, but that's only a problem in the early spring when they're molting." He shrugged. "Really, most plants aren't that big a deal unless they catch you while you're asleep. They move too slowly. The only plant creatures that are real problems are the spear lillies and the brain eaters. The spear lillies can harpoon you from about fifteen feet and suck you dry in a few seconds. The brain eaters have tentacles that they can move quickly, and they like to hide under the water. If you don't spot them then they can grab you and stick a tentacle in your head. It goes in through the underside of your chin, up through your soft palette and into the brain. Hangs you out in front of it like a puppet and uses you to drag it around."

The bear cocked his head. "The Human Path sounds like an interesting place."

"On that subject...who is the Bear Summoner?"

"The what now?"

"The Bear Summoner. For every clan on the Seventh Path there's a summoning scroll on the Human Path. If a human ninja signs it and makes a contract with you then they can summon you to the Human Path. Leaf has a lot of Summoners right now. If you contract with one of our ninja you would be able to meet with representatives from other clans. It's a good way to trade over long distance and coordinate inter-clan relations."

When a member of the Bear Clan laughs it sounds like two boulders grinding together far beneath the earth.

"And why exactly do you ninja summon us to your so-very-dangerous land? I doubt it's from the goodness of your hearts and an unencumbered desire to assist us in the garnering of wealth."

Hazō digested that for a moment. "No," he said at last. "Usually it's because we want your help to kill something. Or someone. That doesn't mean the contract isn't enormously to your benefit. For one thing, it doesn't actually have any real risk on your side. When you're summoned your body temporarily vanishes from the Seventh Path so it isn't at risk of being hurt. Meanwhile, your consciousness is transported to the Human Path. It's placed into a chakra envelope that looks and feels and has the capabilities of your real body, but the worst that can happen is that the envelope is burst by an attack and you're thrown back. Being dispelled like that hurts, but it doesn't cause permanent damage. I, on the other hand, am physically here. My job is to defend Canabisu and the others, but if I get killed here then I die for real. Much riskier. That's why it's such a great deal for the Summon Clan—you don't have to be afraid of anything when you're summoned, and—"

The bear's head lowered and his ears flattened to his head.

"I think what Hazō meant," Canabisu said quickly, "was that a Summoning contract is an agreement that has risks for the summoner and the individual summon, but also has profound advantages for the clans of both parties. Hazō's summoning contracts are allowing the Dog Clan to maintain an unprecedented level of communication and coordination across our entire territory. Heck, this mission is in daily conversation with Lord Cannai. Not only can we keep him in the loop on what's happening but we could even create binding diplomatic policy with his word behind it."

The ears lifted very slightly.

"Not only is it useful from a military and economic point of view, but there are cultural advantages," Canabisu continued. "Hazō here is new to the job, as I'm sure you can tell. I'm still getting my paws around him, but I knew our former Summoner, a man named Hatake Kakashi, quite well. Learned a lot from him. I was never one of his summons but I'd like to think he regarded me as a friend, and that he learned as much from me as I from him." He paused, looking down in thought for a moment. When he looked up again there was intensity to his voice. "Think about it, Kumaishu. Because of that contract, the Dog Clan were able to have an impact on an entire world. A small impact, to be sure, but it takes only a spark to start a wildfire. Ninja on the Human Path are all tied up in this bizarre web of complicated relationships...clans and villages and nations and so on. They have rivalries within their own. If we can share with them our principles of loyalty to pack, of unity among one's own kind and peaceful coexistence with those that allow it...wouldn't that be an astounding legacy?" He paused. "This is your moment, Kumaishu. You're standing in front of what is probably the only human in the entire world right now. He's young and impressionable, but he's also a sleuth leader in his own world. What advice would you give to a bear in his position? Your experience could make a difference to the lives of scores of humans."

Kumaishu's ears came forward and his posture relaxed as he studied the invisible words of wisdom written on the ground.

Finally he looked up and met Hazō's eyes. The back of Hazō's brain shuddered at the sense of age and weight rolling off the creature who at last night's party had been shaking his butt in a Kagome-worthy performance while caterwauling to the skies in a voice that never worried about hitting the notes because it could bodyslam them on the way past through sheer volume.

"I might offer a suggestion that when you're doing diplomacy with new friends, it's never a good idea to imply that you're braver than them, or doing them a favor by granting the opportunity to serve you." He let that hang in the air for a moment. "Beyond that, there is no advice I can give you on how to lead. Every bear is different, every sleuth is different, and I don't know the details of your people. It would be the height of arrogance for me to offer even the suggestion of direction. Instead, I will say that the thing that matters the most is one's character. Both my people and the Cats know that I keep my word, always. As a result, my people believe me when I tell them that we will be fine through the winter, and the Cats believe me when I tell them that if they cross the border without my permission I will hunt them down and kill them with my own paws.

"On the other hand, I like to be one of my people. I speak slowly, I drink with them, I dance and sing despite everyone knowing that I couldn't catch a tune if it jumped into my jaws. Everyone can enjoy my company and relax in my presence. I have no idea if or how this will help you."

Hazō smiled sadly. "I'm very new at this, sir. I will take all the advice I can get from those more experienced."

Kumaishu huffed in amusement. "Wise enough, perhaps. You have some of our mead in those storage seals of yours?"

Hazō winced in recollection. "Yes sir. Although I think I'm going to be a lot more careful about how I drink it in the future."

"You do that. You might be the first human I've met but I'm reasonably confident that humans aren't supposed to be that color. Also, mead should really stay on the inside."

"Yes sir." He paused, thinking. "Sir, can you give me any more detail on the Cats and what to expect?"

Kumaishu rumbled thoughtfully. "I've seen multiple kinds in this area over the years. They all have a few things in common: They're aggressive, stealthy, have excellent senses, and if you let them get their teeth in you they'll kick at you with the back legs and spill your guts on the grass.

"Tigers are strong. Strong enough that I would prefer to have backup to fight one. Lions run in packs of up to three or four dozen. The males have a sonic attack that they toss around freely. It can drive smaller bears to their knees and liquify the organs of cubs. They're a pain in the ass to fight because their ruff means that going after the neck is useless, but all the other ends are pointy. The females do have the same roar attack but they use it less frequently.

"Your real issue is going to be water. Cat territory is dry grass, easily twice your height. The best you can hope for, at least in this area, is a few watering holes here and there that shift around every year. I think there's more water deeper in. A big lake, maybe a river. I once went deep in...the lions had been pissing up our trees, trying to push their claim, so me and a few of the boys went in until we found them and we cracked a few heads. Deepest we got, I caught a whiff of water and dark earth but the wind shifted and I lost it. Probably tens of miles off." He shrugged. "Anyway, jaguars like to lie in wait at the watering holes, so watch for that. They aren't as strong as tigers but they're faster and they've got some nasty camoflage jutsu that make them a dang nightmare. You can't see what you're swinging at as anything more than a shimmer. Their claws aren't long enough and they don't hit hard enough to hurt us, but they'll do you up a treat." He paused, thinking, then shrugged. "That's the best I can do for you. I haven't spent that much time on their turf. I'd rather be lying around here, to be honest. I only go in when they're being stroppy and after I kill a few they typically back off for a few seasons. Good luck."

Hazō pondered for a moment. "Thank you, sir. I'm grateful for your help, and for your hospitality."

"Hah!" Kumaisho laughed and swiped a paw the size of a dinner plate onto Hazō's shoulder in (for a bear) comradely fashion and (for a ninja) a moderately serious murder attempt. "You'll do fine, kid. And maybe I'll take a wander for a bit, track down Kumarūrā and see if he knows anything about this summoning contract you were going on about. Don't know that I'd mind seeing how your terribly dangerous Human Path stacks up. Even if my so-very tender hide won't be at any actual risk."

Hazō blushed. "Sir, I'm sorry about that. When I said that a summoning contract meant that you weren't at any real risk I didn't mean to imply anything about your courage and I certainly wasn't attempting to compare it to my own when I—"

"We really appreciate your help, Kumaisho," Canabisu said. "I only regret that we can't stay longer. I've been friends with Kumashi for years but I've never gone deeper into Bear Country than his turf. I've been missing out. You said earlier that every bear is different but you're all the same in one way: You're good people, and you know how to party." He paused, cocking his head in thought. "Wait, that's two ways. Oh, and you're all so damn huge that I feel like a puppy again, which let me tell you is not the most comfortable feeling for a dog of my mature years." He shook his head sadly. "Three ways. I should probably stop thinking about this or I'll run through all the numbers and we'll be here all day. You've been very good to us. Thank you."

"It's been fun," Kumaisho rumbled. "You'll stop in longer on your way back, yes? Wouldn't mind learning some more of those howls. And that mellow of yours is pretty nice."

"I'll be here with bluebells in my tail and mellow out my ears, but I'm not having more than a lick of that brain-blaster you call mead." He hesitated. "Before we head out, one question for you: Do you have any idea how far Cat goes to the north?"

Kumaisho shrugged massive shoulders. "I've never gone more than a few dozen miles from this spot, sorry. It goes well beyond that in every direction that I've been."

"I see. Thank you, my friend. I look forward to seeing you on the way back. I may not do more than lick at your mead, but I'll enjoy the party nonetheless." He held up one tiny paw; Kumaisho snorted in amusement but tapped it very carefully with his massively larger paw.

"I'll hold you to it," he said to Canabisu. He looked in turn at Hazō, Canaut, and Cangue. "You keep him safe. I expect to see all of you again." He nodded firmly, then turned and galumphed off to where his family waited.

Canabisu watched him go until he was out of sight, then turned to Hazō. "So. Security Officer. What's our next step?"

"Wait...you're asking me? I thought you made the strategic decisions?"

"I do. And right now I'm making the strategic decision to ask the head of my security detail what we do next."





What does Hazō say?

This update covered five days. There wasn't actually a plan so there's no base or brevity XP.

"GM had fun" XP: 5

Vote time! What to do now?

Unfortunately, the next sleuth north is not friendly with Kumaisho's sleuth so you're not going to be able to go north through Bear any further. That means going across the border into Cat. Aside from that you have multiple options, so there's multiple tags below:

  • [] (Path) North to the coast. It's safer.
  • [] (Path) Straight west across Cat. It's the fastest way to get the information Cannai needs.
  • [] (Diplomacy) Soft approach. Go a little way into Cat and try to make positive first contact. Canabisu is willing to give it a shot if you think getting an escort is the best way to keep the team safe.
  • [] (Diplomacy) Hard approach. Go a little way into Cat, find a resident and beat the crap out of it to establish dominance and get information on the area, such as a map of water holes
  • [] (Diplomacy) Avoidance approach. Attempt to stealth your way through Cat.
  • Write in


If you want to vote against a specific option you may do so by putting '(OPPOSED)' at the front, like so:

  • [] (OPPOSED) (Diplomacy) Avoidance approach. Attempt to stealth your way through Cat.


Voting ends on Wednesday, February 10, 2021, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 411: Gone Off-Script

"Hashirama's mercy, Hazō, you're finally here!"

It had been another long day on the Seventh Path. Tempers were fraying as the Dogs discovered they really, really didn't like spending long periods of time off the ground, while Hazō found himself not all that patient with being regularly snarled at on a long, wearying journey that was fundamentally a favour to the Dog Clan rather than a ninja-style ranked, paid-for mission. Maybe Keiko had been onto something when she'd pointed out the mercenary nature of summon contracts.

Meanwhile, Hazō's breaks from all this came in the form of having to wrangle a bunch of excited puppies, which sounded like a great form of stress relief until he had to reshape their chaotic yapping into structured intelligence reports for Cannai. In short, the fact that tonight, Akane had found time to loiter around his return site to welcome him back was cool, healing balm to his fraying soul.

"Akane," he said. "I'm so glad to see you. You wouldn't believe—"

"We have an emergency," Akane brutally interrupted. "Hurry. We need to get to the bank before something irreversible happens."

"But what—"

"Come on, Hazō!"

-o-​

The reception area of the Gōketsu Bank was a cacophonous mess. A dozen people, two with looming ninja escorts, were yelling at one helpless cashier, whose attempts at appeasement were not just ineffective, but simply unheard within the racket. The civilian guards had retreated to the corners of the room and seemed to be praying that the livid customers didn't notice them.

"Lord Gōketsu!" the cashier exclaimed. "Praise the Will of Fire!"

"What's going on here, Tomi?" Hazō had to shout to be heard.

"These gentlemen—These gentlemen—"

Hazō raised his voice. "Everyone, please excuse us for a second. I am about to receive a full report, and then I promise all of this will be sorted out in short order."

He put his arm around the cashier's shoulders and firmly guided him into the back office. The man collapsed on a chair.

"I'm sorry I didn't take care of this myself," Akane said. "I figured it was exactly the kind of situation where you wouldn't want me to make major decisions on my own. I'm going to go find the others."

With that, she rushed out, leaving Hazō to his fate.

"I am so, so sorry, my lord," the cashier stammered. "I just didn't know what to do. Master Gaku assigned me here because I have a good head for numbers, not because… not for this. It was all right at first, but then they all kept coming, and after I tried to explain…" he shuddered.

"It's all right," Hazō said patiently. "I'm sure you've done nothing wrong. Just take it from the top and tell me what happened."

The cashier took a few deep breaths to calm down.

"I'm sorry, my lord. We noticed we were getting more and more trade-ins over the last couple of days, but Chief Mōten thought it must just be to do with the aftermath of the Founders' Day celebrations. We weren't prepared when the floodgates opened this morning."

He swallowed.

"The world's gone insane, my lord. We've had merchants, craftsmen, foreign traders, private individuals… A few clan ninja, even. I was terrified for my life. I know I'm a Gōketsu and have your protection, but, with all due respect, the Gōketsu ninja don't come by here every day. I did as much as I could, but when we reached a quarter of our reserves, I had to start saying no. A few of the calmer customers said they'd be back first thing tomorrow to get their money, but… the rest are still there. I can't even close the doors so we stop getting more. And the other clerks ran a—I mean, they left home for the day because we weren't doing any more trading...

"Please, my lord, I can't go out there again. I don't mean any disrespect, none at all, but I was promised a safe, stable job. I have two children and a third on the way. I can't afford to keep saying no to angry ninja."

A bigger clan would be able to assign ninja to guard valuable locations, the way the Hagoromo had (not that it had helped them in the end). Was it worth looking into getting KEI ninja for guard missions, or was giving strangers direct physical access to the clan coffers a terrible idea?

No, forget that for now.

"Stay here," Hazō said. "I won't force you to deal with any more customers today, but I might still need you for something else."

On the other side of the door, the tumult wasn't dying down.

"I demand the return of my funds! The Fundō Concern won't take this lying down, you hear me?!"

"Forget these fools and pay me what this so-called scrip is worth! I leave tomorrow, and I can't take these bits of wood back to Hot Springs!"

"Is this how the Gōketsu repay the trust of the Amori Clan?"

Mari was away. He wasn't yet due for his check-in with Keiko. Everyone else, for all their virtues, took their cues from him when it came to politics and economics. A cold feeling in Hazō's gut told him that this could be the greatest threat the Gōketsu Clan had faced since Hyūga Hiashi, and in a moment, he would step through the door in front of him and deal with it alone.

-o-​

You have received 2 + 1 = 3 XP.

-o-​

In order to increase player involvement with the Isan arc, we are going to try the following on an experimental basis:
• Hazō has full access to the information in the Isan team POVs, aside from internal experiences and specifically private activities. If you decide a detail is useful to you, you can retroactively assume it's in the daily report.
• You have as much control of the team as you would if Hazō were physically present (i.e. they will follow your suggestions in full, barring NPC agency).
• Isan action plans judged by the QMs to be properly plan-sized will receive brevity XP.
• Some outcomes for the Isan mission will only be possible through player influence. This was already the case, but it's worth stating explicitly.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 13th of February, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Chapter 412: The Bank Run

The noise was audible even through the heavy door. It redoubled as he walked back into the exchange area, so loud it was like a sonic attack.

"Calm down! Quiet! Quiet, please!" Hazō said, patting at the air with his hands.

The noise did not quiet.

Hazō took a deep, frustrated breath and flashed Leaf-Academy handtalk at the two ninja bodyguards in the room. Silence required. Departure imminent.

Four ninja eyes narrowed at the implied threat that he would simply leave them standing here, but they each put a hand on their principal and bent close to speak directly into his ear. The principals in question looked surprised but they fell silent. The ninja repeated the action to the next nearest civilian; once those men also went silent the level had dropped enough that everyone went quiet and looked around to see what was happening.

"Thank you," Hazō said. "Now, as a first step, let's move all of this to the meeting hall just across the way. I know there's more people outside and they shouldn't have to stand around in the cold." Also, it was away from physical reminders of money.

He moved through the crowd, smiling at each person and tapping a few shoulders reassuringly as he passed. They started talking again, demanding their money, but he held up a cautioning hand and kept moving.

There were at least a hundred people outside, standing in the first flakes of snow that would probably turn into an unseasonably early blizzard by midnight. On the one hand, that was bad news because it meant more people who needed to be placated. On the other hand, it was good news because it meant that he could buy time for Atomu to run to the Nara in order to inquire about a massive loan. The time was bought by getting everyone moved into the meeting hall, chivvying them to each take a chair from the stacks against the wall and arrange them neatly in ordered rows while hastily-gathered civilians ran to the cafeteria to gather up all the stored food that waited there, plus the docents and several ninja to operate the seals. Not Gōketsu Haruki, the man with palsy and incipient dementia who usually filled the duty. No, only the Gōketsu ninja who were hale, albeit battle-scarred. By the time everyone was settled with a bento box on their knees people were off-balance instead of upset.

"All right," Hazō said from behind the elevated podium, twenty minutes after arriving on the scene. The lost time was itching at him; he needed to summon the puppies and arrange for the intelligence report to Cannai, then get back to the Seventh Path. Canabisu and the others were currently stuck on a skytower a quarter mile in the air with no way down until he returned. They didn't like the skytowers, they didn't like being left alone by their security chief, and they were going to be pissy if he was away substantially longer than normal.

Hm. Actually....

"A moment, please," he said to the crowd. "Summoning Jutsu: Cantelabra and Cantily!" He slammed his hand dramatically into the stage.

There was a blast of sound and purple smoke that covered the raised stage and then dispersed, leaving two young and overly excited puppies bouncing eagerly on the stage.

"Hazō, Hazō, Hazō! Hi! Tell Canabisu that it's fine for me to look over the edge because I'm really—" / "What's he doing here?! I'm supposed to be the last one!"

"Quiet, please," Hazō said sharply. "I need you each to go back to Misison Leader Canabisu and Dog-Clan Alpha Cannai and tell them that I'll be a bit delayed tonight. I have some very important people here on clan business and I need to take care of them. I'll be with you as soon as I can."

The two puppies were looking around, wide-eyed. The civilians were looking back, equally astounded. It was rare for ninja to show off their magic in public and there weren't more than a dozen-ish Summoners alive in all the world, so seeing an actual summoning was rarer than hail in June. Also, the puppies were adorable.

"Awww! / You / I / can't / wanna / just / stay / send me back!"

The two stopped talking over each other and glared back and forth. Cantily broke the visual struggle first. "Alpha will be so mad! You gotta let me stay."

"I really don't. Shoo, both of you." He made the handseal of dismissal and both of them vanished back into the aether.

Hazō moved back to the podium and chuckled, nodding apologetically to the crowd. "Pardon the interruption. I'll deal with the Dog Clan after I settle matters with all of you. Now, the first thing I need is a quick summary. You, please stand up. Tell me your name and what's going on here."

The person he pointed to wasn't chosen at random. He was portly and wore a haori with a standard Mist cut. He was also in the middle of a bite of bronzini with honey glaze and needed to juggle his food around until he could set it on the chair.

"My Lord, I am Beppu Yō. I am in Leaf to trade. I've been paid in your IOUs all week. I didn't want to accept it but it's what people insisted on and I was promised that I could exchange it for actual ryō when I left. I'm leaving in the morning and I need actual coin. With apologies, these wooden chips are worthless in Mist."

Hazō smiled. "The more fool they, if you ask me. Much lighter and easier to carry than gold coin. Still, we're happy to exchange it. Is this what everyone else is here for? Cashing out your scrip?"

A wave of yes went around the room.

Hazō nodded. "I see more than one outlander in the crowd and presumably you're all from places that still think it's better to exchange actual heavy gold instead of convenient markers that stand for the gold." He shrugged. "Well, everyone is entitled to their opinion. We'll make sure you're taken care of."

Uncertain grumbles went around. Glares were shot at the foreigners but clearly the Leaf crowd couldn't decide if they had been complimented on their perspicacity and forward-looking natures for using better currency or insulted since they did in fact want to cash out.

"You're paying foreigners ahead of us?!"

Hazō looked around to see who had spoken but couldn't tell. "Stand up, please."

The room got very silent and no one moved. Heads turned in one direction until finally a civilian stood up. He was wringing his hat in his hands.

"Sir, I didn't mean to—"

Hazō raised a hand to cut him off. "It's fine, really. A perfectly legitimate question, I simply wanted to know where to look. What's your name?"

"Fujie, sir."

"Fujie what?"

"Fujie Jin, My Lord."

"Jin, it's a pleasure to meet you. My name is Gōketsu Hazō and I hope you've seen enough of my clan to know that our word is good. The Gōketsu promised that we would exchange scrip for ryō and we will. Have no fear, you'll receive everything you deserve."

Jin did not look particularly reassured by Hazō's word choice.

Hazō looked out over the crowd. "The Gōketsu pay our debts, always. Yes, we don't have the physical coins in that building to exchange all of your scrip right now—hold on!" He raised his hands to cut off the sudden upswell of protest and brandishment of scrip. "But we do have the reserves to pay it all." He laughed. "Come on, everyone. The Gōketsu use explosive tags to cut firewood and sweep snow. We're invested in businesses throughout Leaf—shoot, through the entire Land of Fire. A few months ago we brought literal tons of chocolate into the city." He had no idea if it had actually been that much but neither did anyone here. "The only reason the coinage isn't in that particular vault is because our chief security officer, my extremely vigilant and prepared uncle, pointed out that having it all in one place was stupid." He hadn't but no one needed to know. "It's one big target, and it would be a vulnerability if an enemy somehow managed to sneak through our defenses." He paused to roll his eyes at the ridiculousness of the idea. "Personally, I think that Uncle Kagome needs to have more faith in the defenses he himself designed, but he's survived to the age of forty as a sealmaster by never taking any chance he didn't have to." He paused to chuckle. "If anyone here is unfamiliar with what it means to be a forty-year-old sealmaster, ask any ninja. The only other sealmaster I'm aware of who made it to that age while continuously doing active research is the Gōketsu founder, Jiraiya of the Sannin." He bowed his head for a moment, visibly swallowing at the memory of the dead hero.

Every head in the room bowed in sync and murmured well-wishes were murmured. If outlander heads bowed a little more slowly and only because everyone else was doing it...well, what did it really matter?

"Anyway, Uncle Kagome insisted that we split our coin reserves across multiple vaults. Both so that it couldn't all be destroyed by one accident and so that it could be closer to some of our ventures outside the city. We'll fetch it back and cash out anyone who insists." He shrugged dismissively. "Personally, I still say you're better off with the scrip, but it's up to you.

"Now, that'll take a couple days. In the meantime, we'll get everyone sorted. No one will suffer harm as a result of this, I promise. No one will go hungry or be unable to pay your landlord. We will cash out anyone who needs to have the ryō immediately. If we don't have enough on hand then we'll pay in equivalent goods—for example, explosive seals are expensive and they can be sold to the Tower or to other ninja. The Gōketsu tend to have an unreasonable supply of those around, at least by the standards of most ninja." He looked down at his belt pouch and frowned. "Actually...one sec." Under cover of the podium he pulled out every seal he was carrying, including the storage seals that were full of food and dirty laundry, and stacked them up on the podium, measuring with his thumb as he went. He made sure that the top seal was in fact an explosive, then gathered up the stack, tapped the edges on the wood 'in order to square them up' (and also to flash the top one at the ninja so that it could be recognized as an actual explosive), and tucked them into his jacket. It was an impressive stack but he frowned and shook his head. "Hm. Apparently I'm running a bit low. Uncle Kagome will be pissed."

Nervous laughter.

"Anyway, we have coin for most of you, seals or other goods for the rest, and we're happy to pay modest interest as an apology for the delay in cashing you out. We'll prioritize anyone who literally can't wait—if you need to pay your rent and suddenly your landlord isn't accepting our scrip..." He trailed off, frowning.

"Does anyone here have a creditor who won't accept our scrip? Raise your hands please."

At least half a dozen hands went up, all of them fearfully.

Hazō frowned. "Odd that it happened all at once like that." He looked over at where his secretary waited against the wall, desperately attempting to acquire the Sakamoto invisibility bloodline. "Chancellor, collate the intelligence reports. Sounds like someone has a grudge. Let's find out who, and if it's against the Gōketsu in particular or if some foreign power is targeting Leaf as a whole."

Gaku nodded jerkily, saying nothing and hunching more.

"Ma'am," Hazō said, pointing to a middle-aged woman halfway back. "May I ask your name, and what made you want to cash out today?"

The woman stood up and bowed nervously. "Tanaka Mariko, My Lord. I heard that the chits weren't going to be worth anything, that your clan wouldn't be able to pay out. I'm very sorry, My Lord. I'm not questioning your honor, I simply—"

"Please, don't be nervous," Hazō said gently. "You are entirely within your rights to be here and I'm not offended at all. In fact, I'm grateful for the chance to show off who the Gōketsu are. As you've seen, we keep more than enough money on hand to cash out the amount of exchange that we see in a normal day, plus a large margin. We simply weren't expecting this many people at once so we'll need to make arrangements. In future we'll keep larger reserves on hand. And I sincerely apologize for the trouble we're causing you, ma'am. May I ask how much you were going to cash in?"

"Um...Four thousand seven hundred and twenty-two ryō, My Lord. I have to buy food, My Lord. And buy some medicine for my daughter."

"Your daughter is sick?" Hazō said, alarmed. He pointed to his clansman who stood at the back of the room, waiting patiently to kill something. "Haru, please take her to the clinic. Tell the on-duty medic-nin that I said he should go heal her daughter, then escort them both to her home. The cost will be borne by the Gōketsu. Oh, and Ms Tanaka, please feel free to take a couple dozen of the meal seals from the table on your way out. Haru can unseal them for you at your house. If you'd like, you can deposit the rest at our storage seal bank, free of charge." He nodded thoughtfully as they left. "Actually, that's a good idea. How many of you use the Gōketsu storage seal bank? Please raise your hands."

About a quarter of the crowd raised their hands.

"Excellent. If you're willing, I'll buy your scrip at five to one with credit at the bank. For every ryō of scrip you give us, we'll give you five ryō of credit at the storage seal bank. You can keep groceries fresh longer, store valuables securely, and so on. If you like, you can transfer those credits to other people—basically, you can sell the credits for ryō if you like. The Sage knows that enough people in Leaf use our bank that the credits should be valuable. If anyone here is willing to sell all of their scrip for storage credits, please move to that wall."

Everyone looked around uncertainly for a moment, and then nine people stood up and shuffled through the crowd.

"Excellent!" Hazō said, smiling. "Tomi, please take these people over to the storage seal bank and get their credits logged. Once that's done, wait there until the bank closes. Other people may come over as well."

"Yes, My Lord." The clerk nodded jerkily and then started to herd people to the door.

"Oh, each of you should feel free to grab a dozen meal seals off the table on your way out," Hazō called. "Tomi will take your names and where you live so that we can schedule a ninja to come by and operate them for you."

The audience didn't miss the message: Generosity would decrease the longer they waited. Everyone shifted uncomfortably in their seats and three more people stood up to join the departing crowd.

"And, as long as we're talking about food," Hazō said, once Tomi has ushered his group out. "Was anyone cashing out in order to buy groceries? If so, I'm happy to buy your scrip with meals in seals. Gaku, what's a reasonable price?"

"Ingredients and labor are perhaps one hundred and fifty ryō for each meal, My Lord."

"Lovely," Hazō said, wondering if that number had been inflated by his clever Chancellor. "Anyone who wants them can cash out for fifty ryō per seal. You'll be getting the food that's inside it and also the seal itself. I'll have ninja come to your house at scheduled times in order to operate the seals for you. Oh, and you can feel free to take some as seals and the rest as bank credits, if you like. Shall we say four to one on the bank credits?"

A heavyset man rose to his feet, his hands fisted nervously at his sides and a look of determination on his face. "My Lord, this is all well and good with your food and seals and credits, but, with the greatest respect, I was promised ryō. I can't pay my workers with food, or pay my rent with credits. You promised us money, My Lord."

"Yeah!" / "Right!" / "I want money!" / "You promised—"

"All right, all right," Hazō said, patting at the air for silence. "I think you actually could pay your rent with credits, but yes, you were promised money and money you shall have. Still, we've already covered the fact that we'll need two days to fetch physical coin from our other vaults. Were we in Mist this would be a problem, but the Will of Fire is strong in Leaf. We are educated, creative people and we can work together to find a solution that satisfies everyone. I want everyone to feel that the Gōketsu have done right by them, so tell me how I can do that." He paused, looking around at the crowd. There was muttering but no one stood to speak.

"There have already been a couple suggestions," Hazō reminded them. "You can use your scrip to buy the storage seals with the meals in them for less than the cost of a seal alone. You can have four-to-one credit at the storage seal bank or any other Gōketsu business. If anyone absolutely must have physical coinage right now then we'll do what we can, but I want to insure that everyone feels taken care of. If you want physical coinage but you can wait a couple of days then we'll offer...what, ten percent interest?" He paused, pretending to think about it while taking the temperature of the room. The temperature was very low indeed. "No, you know what? Let's make it thirty percent. Ten percent might be reasonable, but the Gōketsu want to ensure that everyone here feels that we've gone above and beyond."

Most people weren't happy but they weren't as panicked and mutinous as they had been ten minutes ago.

"Let's see..." Hazō said. "Another thing we could offer would be ninja missions at Gōketsu expense. Does anyone need structures built, land cleared, materials cut, an escort to somewhere else in Fire, goods transported, or anything else that you would normally hire from the Tower?" No response. "Well, if anyone does than we'll need to follow the procedures—file it with the Tower, ensure that they receive their fee, and so on. The Gōketsu will bear all costs and do all the work.

"Some combination of missions at the normal cost, thirty percent interest for every ryō you wait two days to retrieve, storage bank credits at three to one, a storage seal and the meal it contains for eighty ryō, explosive seals at fifty percent the price the Tower charges...if you're satisfied with some combination of those, please go speak with Akane." He pointed to where the woman in question stood at the far end of the food table. He waited, smiling patiently, as most of the remaining crowd stood up and shuffled over to Akane. They didn't look happy, but they went. Once they were all gathered, Akane ushered them out. Hazō wasn't sure where she would take them but she had already caught on to the goal: Shrink the size of the crowd so that the remaining people would feel social pressure to leave, and steadily decrease the generosity of the offers to make them want to go sooner instead of later. "For the rest of you," Hazō said to the baker's dozen that remained, "Are there suggestions for other things I could offer?"

"I want the ryō I was promised, My Lord." / "Yeah." / "Me too." / "Cash."

Hazō smiled without allowing his gritted teeth to show. "All right, let's go get you taken care of."

o-o-o-o​

Hazō sighed and fell back into his chair, putting his feet up on his desk and tipping his head back, eyes closed. "Have a seat, guys."

There was a faint rustle as Akane and his Chancellor settled into the chairs across from him, but no verbal acknowledgement.

Hazō opened his eyes in surprise and looked at them. Akane looked nervous. Gaku was absolutely terrified. Every line of his body was tense, his face was pale, and sweat beaded at his temple.

"Gaku, what's the matter?" Hazō asked, sitting upright.

"Sir...I...this was my fault, My Lord."

"No, it was mine," Akane said. "I was in charge."

"What? No it wasn't. Either of you, I mean."

"If I hadn't kept printing the scrip..." / "If I had just thought ahead..."

"Psh." Hazō waved dismissively. "Both of you, hush. This was an attack. It would have happened regardless. The scrip was my idea, and it's too useful to us to not have used."

"I kept creating more and more of it, My Lord."

"And it was my job as Clan Head to keep an eye on that. I failed you, not the other way around."

"I failed in the negotiations with the Kurusu, My Lord..."

"Oh, for Sage's sake. Calm down." A spike of regret shot through Hazō's heart when Gaku flinched at his lord's exasperated tone. He made sure to speak more gently. "Gaku, you did fine. The Kurusu low-key hate us. Mari wouldn't have been able to get good terms out of them, especially not when you showed up after the dinner hour and only had an hour to negotiate. The fact that you and Granny Mayuka were able to get anything like as good as you did is a testament to your respective skills. I'm sorry I had to send you instead of going myself, but Akane and I needed to stall the creditors." He shook his head in annoyance. "I'm just aggravated that ISC didn't have the coinage on hand to cover the debt."

"Yes, My Lord."

"I don't blame you."

"Yes, My Lord."

Hazō rolled his eyes. Gaku had relaxed the tiniest perceivable bit but that that was all. Akane still looked nervous as well.

"Seriously, it's not your fault, either of you. Still, let's hold off on making any more scrip until things are a little better set."

"Yes, My Lord." / "Yes, sir."

"Oh, no. No, we are not having that. Akane, don't you start. I keep telling Gaku not to do that 'sir' and 'My Lord' business, I'm not accepting it from you."

"Hazō...I failed you. You left me in charge, and I failed. I didn't see it coming and when the problem arose I panicked. I dumped it all on you instead of handling it the way I should have. All I had to do was speak to them, the way you did, and—"

She broke off when Hazō stood up and stomped around the desk. He pulled her to her feet and into the tightest hug he could manage without actually chakra boosting. She froze in his arms but he simply held on until she melted and hugged him back.

After a few seconds he leaned back so that he could cup his hands around her face and press a kiss to her lips. Her cheeks exploded into furious blushing but he ignored it in favor of stepping back with a wink and then turning to Gaku. Hazō picked the man's arm up with his left hand and clasped forearms with him in a warrior's grip. Gaku flinched at the initial contact and then straightened and met Hazō's eyes.

Hazō held his gaze for seconds, then nodded fiercely and let go so that he could lean back on his desk.

"I don't blame either of you. I am Lord Gōketsu. Whatever happens in this clan is on me, no one else. I was the one who created the scrip so I should have thought ahead to preventing this issue. Now, where exactly do we stand? The creditors are all on their way, so what's the breakage with the Kurusu?"

Gaku swallowed nervously. "Given the time frame, My Lord, we—"

Hazō waved dismissively. "I get it. We owe the ISC crowd double what they loaned us and they're friendlies. The Kurusu were the only ones we knew would both have the money on hand and be willing to deal with us on zero notice. What were the final terms?" He told the Iron Nerve to keep his face and body language calm and non-threatening.

"We owe them six payments, My Lord," Gaku said, his voice quavering. "The first one is due in three months, and then every two months after that, but that was the best I could extract from them. I'm sorry, I tried, but..." He swallowed nervously and then named a number. Hazō was very glad that the Iron Nerve prevented him from showing the shock he was feeling. Each payment was most of what the Gōketsu were taking in from all of their income sources each month.

"All right," he said after a moment. "We'll make it work. We can probably get a loan from the ISC on better terms in order to pay off the Kurusu, and we might be able to renegotiate the deal later. Or maybe we can ramp up the Summoner trade network enough that our shares can cover it." He shrugged. "I've got a few ideas and I'm sure you guys can come up with more. Think about it, we'll talk when I do the morning check-in. For now, I'm going to write a letter to Mari telling her about this and asking for suggestions. I've missed the contact time with Keiko but I'll leave it with the pangolins for her to pick up in the morning.

"Akane, Asuma needs to know what happened. This was an attack, plain and simple. Someone set us up. Talk to him tomorrow, keep it low-key. Imply that it was an attack, don't outright say it. If you do then he'll ask how we know that and we don't have the evidence to answer."

"Are you sure that it was an attack?"

"One hundred percent. These people didn't all randomly but simultaneously decide that our scrip was worthless, and the quantities that some of them were swinging around are implausible at best. No, someone put the idea in their heads, and got them moving. We need to figure out who."

"I'm on it, My Lord."

"Thanks. Akane, you're still in charge. Coordinate with ISC. See if they can get us a loan on better terms so we can buy out from the Kurusu. Ask them for help manipulating the rumor mill in order to keep scrip stable. Talk to Shikamaru, see what other advice he has."

"All right."

"Good." He sighed and rubbed his face. It had been a long day of running across Cat territory while maintaining combat readiness; he had been tired when he came to the Human Path. He'd been here five hours and would need at least one more to manage the intelligence gathering and reporting to Cannai. By the time he got back to Canabisu and the others it would be morning and he'd need to run all day without having slept.

"Okay," he said. "We're done here. You both know what to do and I have complete faith in you. Now shoo while I get letters written and puppies summoned. And, no, Akane, you can't stay for the puppies. I have enough problems keeping them on topic when there aren't sweet, adoring ninja around to pet them." He gave her a regretful laugh. "Vamoose."

"Yes, My Lord." / "Yes, Hazō. See you tomorrow."

They both filed out. The door had not yet closed when Hazō was knee-deep in composing his letter to Mari.

Attempting to calm the crowd and end the bank run. It's going to work, in the sense that no one is willing to escalate to actual violence so they're going to have to accept partial or delayed payment. This roll is to determine how successful Hazō is at holding on to the clan's short-term liquidity and not having to go into too much debt. Hazō has the following Aspects he can use:
  • "Lord of Clan Gōketsu"
  • "Understated Display of Wealth and Power" (the massive number of food seals, the looming feeling of the jutsu-created meeting hall, presence of multiple ninja, the Summoning)
  • "Patriotism" (Jiraiya, foreigners are stupid for still using metal coinage, maybe this was an attack by a foreign power?)
  • "Good Explanation" (the coinage is in a different castle vault)

TN 30 ('Good' difficulty. People are freaked but Hazō is managing it.)
Hazō, Rapport (18) + 8 (invokes x4) + 3 (dice) = 29 and -4 FP

Hazō fails, but only barely. Things won't be as good as he would like but they won't be catastrophic either.






Author's Note: You owe the ISC a lot of money and you owe the Kurusu a lot more. The QMs don't want to track this too closely. @Velorien isn't around for me to ask right now, but what we'll likely do is assume that it gets dealt with in the background, apply some narrative effects, and you won't be able to do anything expensive for the next few months to a year. That's tentative for now but don't worry about economic stuff for this next voting cycle. As a suggestion, focusing on Isan would be a good plan.

(EDIT: @faflec pointed out that I came up with four Aspects for Hazō's "defuse the bank run" roll and then immediately had my brain turn to cheese such that I only applied three of them. I've fixed that and made the consequences of the bank run significantly gentler than they were, although obviously there are still are some.)

XP AWARD: 5

Brevity XP: 1

"GM had fun" XP: 1

FP: -4


Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, February 17, 2021, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 413: Out of Favour

Asuma's summons had been inevitable. Akane had described the situation to the Hokage, in the most positive light she could, but in the end, Hazō was the clan head, and the one who had to take the consequences (and besides, he suspected that a lot of yelling was in the offing, and nobody could ever bring themselves to yell at Akane). Now if he could just get this done quickly, and get back to the Seventh Path before he got another earful from a testy Canabisu…

"Hazō! You're late!"

"Hi, Ami," Hazō said resignedly. What was she even doing inside the Tower at this time of evening? And what right did she, or anyone else, have to look so chipper at a time like this?

"So how's the top secret Seventh Path mission going?" Ami asked.

Hazō wished he could be surprised. "What are you talking about, Ami?" he asked for propriety's sake.

"You're doing something so important and time-consuming that you have to leave the village and put Akane in charge right when the clan needs you most, but you're still close enough at hand that you can run to her rescue within minutes in an emergency. It's obvious to anyone who's seen reverse summoning in action. Also, getting contracts with multiple puppies just for the hell of it seems kinda out of character for you.

"Which reminds me," Ami added, "I demand to see the puppies."

"Maybe another time."

Strictly speaking, Hazō was in a hurry and shouldn't hang around, but on the other hand, as the heavy feeling in the pit of his stomach reminded him, he was in a hurry to be chewed out by Asuma. Maybe just a couple of minutes wouldn't hurt. "How are you?" he asked.

"Tired and a little pissed," Ami admitted. "With Keiko away, I have to do her share of KEI paperwork, which includes Naruto's share of KEI paperwork, and even with the Frozen Skein that's making me feel like the Mizukage, minus the absolute power and other little perks. So I was not impressed when I came up for air only to find that now I have to do all my shopping in ryō again because shopkeepers are turning down my scrip. That stuff was crazy convenient."

Hazō winced. "So it's going that way after all. Don't worry, Ami. I will fix it, one way or another."

"I hope so," Ami said. "I had plans."

"You… did?"

"Mmm. Here, catch."

She threw him a handful of wooden ovals of different lengths and colours.

"What are these?" he asked with growing suspicion.

"Ami's Fair Favour Exchange Currency Tokens, or AFFECTs for short. Look at the yellow one."

Hazō looked at the yellow one, the second smallest. There were two symbols at one end, one of which he recognised as Shikamaru's personal seal. The other was the dreaded "^_^", probably made with the very stamp Hazō had once given her.

"That token represents a favour owed by Nara Shikamaru to Mori Ami. If I sell it to you, you put your seal after mine and now Shikamaru owes you that favour, and so on. When you cash it in, you give it to Shikamaru, he does you the favour, and then he breaks it. I had to make Leaf's colour most important if I wanted to start experimenting here, so red is a life debt equivalent. But obviously there aren't going to be many of those going round, so in practice the most important one is 'large favour', which is Mist blue. Sand green is in the middle because why not, Cloud yellow is a small favour, and Rock brown is tiny because screw those guys. I'm guessing people will have to trade those in bulk. Mostly, though, having the tokens will remind people that they're there for the spending. People interact. The world moves."

"You're formalising the favour economy," Hazō concluded. "There are so, so many ways for that to go wrong I don't know where to begin."

"Isn't it great?" Ami asked. "I can't wait to see what happens. Though if scrip's about to go out of fashion, I may have to rethink my entire pitch.

"Anyway, you can see where the Hokage going on the warpath wouldn't be good for either of us. I did what I could, so if you walk out of there with a slap on the wrist, you can assume I managed to mollify him, and if you don't walk out of there at all, maybe I didn't do as well as I hoped."

"Not to be rude," Hazō said, "but why would the Hokage listen to you in the first place?"

"Upside of having to lay low because of the Mizukage," Ami explained. "All the Hokage is seeing right now is KEI mission performance improving by leaps and bounds, the Final Gift Programme keeping Orochimaru quiet and providing a safety net for the vulnerable, Kadokura inching inexorably towards formal Summoner status as Condor-Pangolin-Leaf negotiations continue… in short, I'm pretty sure I've been promoted from 'dangerous foreign troublemaker' to 'useful foreign troublemaker'. Meanwhile, you've shown the Tower that properly-managed alternative currencies are great, and you've shown the guy on the other end of my leash that they can be used to undermine Leaf. Now, one more only-Ami-could-pull-this-off success, and the Hokage might well become open to certain… possibilities.

"Moving immediately on, how's Keiko?" Ami asked casually. "Has she said anything about missing her beloved sister yet?"

"Not a word," Hazō said, then instantly realised he'd confirmed the existence of remote summoner communication.

"I guess she wouldn't admit it out loud," Ami decided. "All right, I'd better not keep you any longer. Good luck in there."

"Thanks, Ami."

Ami walked away, but at the last second, just as she reached for the door, she looked back.

"Hey, Hazō… we cool?"

Hazō hesitated for only a fraction of a second, not sure whether he was acknowledging a reality or choosing one, before he smiled. "We're cool."

It was only after she was out of sight that he realised she hadn't asked him for the tokens back.

-o-​

The next part of the evening was less fun. Gone was the almost-relaxed Asuma of yore. The paperwork was back, and some of the upside-down numbers he could see at a glance looked uncomfortably similar to Gaku's estimates of the still-extant scrip, divided by geographical region. In Asuma's cold eyes, Hazō could quite clearly read, "I already regretted signing up to run this madhouse, and now there's you."

"Hazō," Asuma said, "you and I need to talk."

"Yes, sir."

"I'm starting to think," Asuma said, "that we need some kind of shorthand for 'Gōketsu Hazō puts Hidden Leaf in danger by doing something clever."

Noburi and Keiko did, in fact, already have a similar code, which they'd eventually admitted stood for "Hazō has done something stupid; find out what and run damage control". However, Hazō decided not to volunteer this information to Asuma—the specific term was "Code Killbox", and he didn't want to give the beleaguered ruler any ideas.

"Sir," Hazō said, "I appreciate that I'm not blameless in this situation. However, I have to point out this had to be a deliberate attack, and not just on the Gōketsu but on all of Leaf. What we have to focus on—"

"Yes," Asuma interrupted. "It was most definitely an attack. The Gōketsu Clan knowingly threatened Hidden Leaf's security by making decisions which prioritised its individual welfare over the safety of the village and the Fire Country as a whole."

"Sir," Hazō exclaimed, appalled, "you can't possibly be implying…"

"No," Asuma said. "I don't think it was your objective to harm Leaf's economy by wrecking your own finances. I am not privy to the Gōketsu's exact situation, but I can venture a guess that you paid heavily for your folly. But what you did was take an unnecessary risk at Leaf's expense—again—and that is not acceptable."

"Sir—"

"I'm not done. You're going to claim this wasn't your fault. You're going to argue that somebody else took advantage of your moment of vulnerability. And you may well be right. It changes nothing. Economic warfare is not the Tower's business unless someone uses it to threaten the security of the village or violate a Hokage's direct order. Until I have proof of either of those things, the only person who's done something that merits punishment is standing in front of me."

Asuma exhaled heavily.

"There is a case to be made—in fact, a case has been made—that your crime is its own punishment. And circumstances being what they are, I don't know what more I can do to you without sinking the clan altogether. Right now, that's not something I'm willing to do unless I have to.

"Hazō, I don't know what I can do to get through to you. This was an avoidable disaster. All you had to do was have a modicum of restraint. My advisors agree that you weren't wrong to introduce the scrip. Its benefits to Leaf have been real. But you could have provided them safely, and you just chose not to. You are ambitious when it comes to this village's future, and that's no bad thing—the world is changing on us, and there's no way back to the old status quo. But if the scale of your ambitions means that when you fail, you take us all down with you, then I have to start questioning whether the village can afford to let you try."

Asuma paused to make the meaning clear.

"Let me tell you what's going to happen now. I am going to remove all of the scrip you have issued from circulation. As the issuer, you will bear the full cost for this, which you will pay back to the Tower on whatever terms I judge to be reasonable. The Tower will become the sole source of Leaf currency, by law, and we will gather Leaf's brightest minds to consider risks like this one, and how to prevent them, before any new scrip is issued. I encourage you to participate in this process.

"One more thing. Given the timing, I do think it's plausible that this was a deliberate attack on the Gōketsu. What you do in this regard is up to you, but I will remind you that any party that violates a direct order from the Hokage will suffer severe consequences.

"You are dismissed."

-o-​

You have received 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 XP.

Fun-to-write XP included.

-o-​

I figured an Asuma POV might be too much OOC information, but I was happy with the general idea.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 20th of February, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Chapter 414: Lion Around

Early yesterday morning, immediately after leaving Asuma's office...

Akane was waiting immediately by the Gōketsu manor's entrance, one foot bouncing in frenetic worry. She lit up when the door opened and Hazō stepped in, a golden puppy trotting at his ankle. "Hazō! You're back! What did the Hokage say? Is everything all right? What—"

Hazō closed the distance and cut her off with a hug that drove the breath out of her. She relaxed into it, her arms going around him and holding him close. For several long seconds he allowed himself to relax, to let his eyes fall closed and think of nothing except the warmth of her body and the scent of her hair. All of the various threats, the different obligations pulling him in every direction, all of that could fade away and the two of them could just be here, in this moment.

And then he sighed and stepped back, taking up the burdens once again. "I need to get back to the Dogs. Asuma is very not pleased with us. He's requiring us to pay for the Tower to buy back all the scrip and from now on only the Tower is going to issue currency. He'll be gathering a council to hash out potential issues and design the new currency, and he invited me to be on it."

"Oh...well, that's good. At least he isn't going to kill us all."

"Yeah, still pissed though. You're going to have to take lead on this."

"Of course! What do you need?"

"First, figure out where we're going to get the money to buy back all that scrip while meeting our other obligations. That's assuming that there is enough money in Leaf. Think outside the box, but nothing that could look even treason-adjacent. Talk to Asuma about any trade with foreign nations or whatever.

"Second, figure out what happened. This wasn't an accident. Someone did this to us, tried to make the Gōketsu look bad and crash our finances. I don't think they realized how bad it would have been on Leaf as a whole."

"Why would it have been bad?" Cantelabra demanded.

"I'll explain back on the Seventh Path, pup. Hang on." He turned back to Akane. "Collect Kagome and Haru, and Ami if you can find her." He laughed and shook his head. "You'll never believe this. She just gave me these sticks..." In quick, efficient words he laid out the whole favor economy, the debt that Ami had quietly admitted to owing the Gōketsu, and her concern over Hazō's opinion of her. Akane stared in wonder and laughed.

"Anyway," Hazō said, smiling, "talk with the three of them, then get with Shikamaru, Ino, and Chōji. Take their advice if you think it's good, ignore it if not. You're in charge, they are your advisors. Figure out who did this, and figure it out fast." He hugged her tight. "Okay, I need to go. Take care of yourself."

He pressed a quick kiss to her lips, hugged her tight, and vanished back to another world.

Akane looked at the spot where Hazō had stood until the smoke had fully dispersed. And then she sighed and got to work.

o-o-o-o​

Late morning yesterday, not long after Hazō returned to the Seventh Path...

"And you would be...?"

"Hagimoto Masaji, sir."

"My Lord. I'm a senior member of Clan Gōketsu."

Hagimoto swallowed nervously. "Yes, My Lord."

"You're the Second Lieutenant, correct?"

"Yes, My Lord. As of this morning." He paused. "The prior officeholder's home was burgled last night. The robbers stabbed him repeatedly."

Haru nodded thoughtfully, looking around the office at the rich carpeting and the heavy oak desk behind which sat the newly promoted officer of the Yakuza. The tall, powerfully-built Yakuza enforcer that Haru was currently keeping bent over in a punishing submission hold made an effort to ease his position slightly; Haru jacked him up tighter without thinking about it and the man yelped.

"Unfortunate for him, but it looks like you've done well for yourself," Haru said.

"Thank you, My Lord."

"New offices. Hard to find. The first three people I asked didn't know where you were located."

Hagimoto grimaced. "May I ask after the welfare of those people, My Lord?"

"They're alive. Surprisingly clumsy, though. The first one fell down some stairs, the second one stepped in a pothole and broke his ankle, then stepped in another pothole and broke the other ankle. The third one walked into a door several times."

"I see..." His eyes flicked to the enforcer that Haru was holding. "Is there any chance I could persuade you to allow Shigeki to fetch us some tea, My Lord?"

Haru thought about that for a moment, then shoved the enforcer forward. The man staggered, his head slamming into the heavy desk and slumped to the floor with a groan. "Nah, I'm good. He can sit in the corner and take notes for us."

"Yes, My Lord." He moved slowly around the desk and squatted down to check over his soldier. "Shigeki? You okay?"

The enforcer grunted and rubbed his head. "Yah, boss. I'll be fine."

"Good." Hagimoto helped him to climb to his feet and sit in the corner of the room. He was careful to put him in the corner where Haru could keep an eye on him from his peripheral vision. Putting an enforcer at an angry ninja's back was not going to make things better for anyone.

"May I ask—what may I do for you, My Lord?" Hagimoto asked, moving back to stand behind his desk.

"You heard about the run on the Gōketsu exchange last night, right?"

The Yakuza leader swallowed nervously. "Sir—My Lord, we had nothing to do with that."

"Good to know. You're going to find out who did."

"My Lord...I'll be honest, I have no idea where I would even start with that."

Haru shrugged. "Not my problem. Figure it out or I'll go find the First Lieutenant and have his replacement replace you. I'm sure eventually they'll find someone competent."

"My Lord, your relationship with the Brotherhood is perhaps a bit...energetic? Ninja and civilians are typically more congenial."

Haru raised an eyebrow. "My, my. Masaji, that almost sounded like a threat. Are you suggesting that I've somehow acted in an improper fashion and you're going to make a complaint to the Hokage?" He shifted his weight slightly forward and Hagimoto blanched.

"Of course not, My Lord! No, you've been entirely reasonable. Definitely."

Haru relaxed into a more casual stance. "Good to know. I'll be back tomorrow morning for a progress report. I assume you'll be here? I've got a busy day tomorrow and I'd hate to be looking all over for you."

"...Yes, My Lord. I'll be here."

"Good."

o-o-o-o​

Mid-afternoon in Cat Clan territory, aka 'Now'...

"Left!" Hazō shouted, spinning to the right and punching down to slam a mid-leap lynx into the ground. Its head cracked wetly under his knuckles and the claws on his pangolin gauntlets went through its spine with a dull slikt! Cangue followed orders, turning left and snapping at the second lynx. She moved too fast, biting only air. Razor claws raked across her face, splashing blood and drawing a yelp.

"Dog Clan Technique: The Pound of the Ground!"

Chakra boiled from Canaut, expanding in a burning red sphere. The sun-yellow tall grass that surrounded them went wild, bending to curl around the attacking lynxes. Three were caught, lifted, and slammed into the ground on the right, then flipped and slammed into the ground on the left. Another two twisted away from the first attack and clawed the stalks off at the base...only to be caught moments later by three more stalks each. The cats shrieked as the plants' grip tightened, pulled, and sent their dismembered bodies flying in all directions. Hazō threw up an arm just in time to block the fountain of gore that Cangue took right in the snoot. The top half of a lynx slammed into Canaut, knocking him over and allowing the trailing intestines to drape across Canabisu who had been sheltering under him as the rest of the team fought to keep the attackers away from their aged mission leader and the support jutsu specialist.

The last three lynxes shrieked in voices that sounded far too much like tortured human women and ran for their lives.

Silence fell as the team panted, waiting tensely for the next attack. No attack came and eventually Hazō straightened and allowed himself to relax.

"Well, that was bracing," Canabisu said. "Thank you all. Is everyone all right?"

"Stupid cat nicked me," Cangue grumbled, sounding embarrassed. She pawed at her nose and crossed her eyes in an attempt to see how bad it was.

"Let me see," Hazō said, crouching down and pulling bandages and a canteen from a seal. "This is going to sting a little." He poured the alcohol over the wound and dabbed at it to get the dirt and blood off. "You're fine. This'll heal up in no time."

"It's not your face that hurts," Cangue grumbled. "Also, ow. What was that stuff?"

"Grain alcohol. It washes away the dirt and gets the spirits of illness drunk so that they wander off."

Canabisu snorted. "'Gets the spirits of illness drunk'? What sort of nonsense is that? Is your Human Path medicine truly so backwards that you still believe in—"

Everyone froze as a thundering roar shook the grass around them. Moments later came a second, and then a third.

The team held their collective breath, listening for another sign. Just as Hazō was starting to relax the fourth roar came, this one from much closer.

"Well," Canabisu said resignedly. "The Feline Clan certainly is a friendly bunch."





This update covered 1.5 days.

XP AWARD: 5

Brevity XP: 1

"GM had fun" XP: 0
The plan wasn't super exciting but you didn't have much to work with in terms of the situation.

It is now about 2pm. You're deep into Cat territory, in the middle of grass 8' tall or taller. There appears to be a pride of lions coming your way and all of you are literally soaked in the blood of other Cat Clan members. You may or may not have time to put up a skytower, depending on whether the lions are moseying or not. Even if they are you would still be cutting it close, as skytowers are time-consuming.

You left letters for Mari.

Canabisu has been feeling hinky about the terrain lately, and especially so when he heard about how low Hazō's chakra was running with all the checking in. With Cannai's permission you have gone to a once per day schedule, in the evenings. The lynxes that you fought at the start of this episode picked up your trail almost immediately upon you climbing down from the skytower and have been dogging (catting?) your steps ever since, so Hazō was not able to take time away from the group. He is currently at 120 CP.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, February 24, 2021, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 415, Part 1: Weaponising the Bookworm

"Conjobu wasn't the strongest of the Condor warriors for nothing!" Pandā exclaimed. "He flew to and fro, trying to throw me off with everything he had, but my claws were sunk deep into his back. 'Let go, Lochagos Pandā,' he shouted, 'or you'll kill us both!' But I knew I had to keep him fighting while my tessera rescued the civilians, even if it cost me my life! Then we reached the very top of the world and I saw my chance. I lashed out with the Pangolin's Binding Tongue Technique, blinding him for just one second—and Conjobu crashed right into the firmament!

"It was the most incredible—what do you mean, what's a firmament?"

Kei concealed a fond smile as she turned the page of the fashion folio. This was likely the only time in Pandā's life when he would be treated with such awe and respect, not merely as a junior member of the Diplomatic Corps, not merely as a minion of the—shudder—heroic summoner—but as the Emissary of the Seventh Path who had been acknowledged by the entire Clan Council of old.

Kei's fashion expertise would put the most refined cave fish to shame, but if she were ever to find her own style without relying on... More to the point, Kei had a solemn duty. A duty which called upon her to perform that which she loved most to escape that which she loved least. The expedition had agreed that the Pangolin Summoner's mystique would be best preserved by avoiding situations in which she might be forced to rely on improvisation and social skills, and so here she was instead, sitting still across from the Kanda Yukari shrine and immersing herself in choice elements of her travel reading as her role in an A-rank mission. Genin Kei would have committed murder for such a life. (Actually, any Kei would have committed murder for such a life, beginning from Academy age and continuing to the present moment).

Kei idly turned another page, then set the folio aside on the grass, still open to reveal a series of elaborate, sophisticated articles of clothing, the illustrations painted with rich foreign dyes. One bookmark later, she drew forth a large Akimichi cookbook from her backpack. Yes, the people of Leaf had "books", in scripts too perfect and precise for any human hand, with covers and bindings that protected them from accidental damage such as might lay low the mightiest scroll. Yes, they possessed the wealth to frivolously expend such wonders on mere recipe lists. Yes, these books were cheap and common enough that Kei could treat them carelessly on foreign soil (and yes, every second of such "carelessness" set Kei's teeth on edge—that she could afford such volumes by the dozen with her expenses account, and that Shikamaru would buy libraries for her if she asked nicely, was irrelevant to the cardinal sin of disrespecting a book).

But there was nothing to be gained by dwelling on either the blessing or the sacrilege. It was a role that needed to be played, and she was the most suited to play it while babysitting her summons.

Yet but a short walk away lay the Takahashi, and a man whom she offended more with every minute by failing to pay her respects; a man whom she owed more than she would ever be able to repay.

No, Kei was to be patient. It would be the act of a child to rush to Takahashi-sensei before Mari delivered her report and confirmed that doing so was unlikely to bring them both disaster.

Kei allowed some time to suggest that she had perused the recipe book and grown bored (not difficult—while she had, she could admit in the privacy of her own mind, some embarrassingly domestic fantasies of welcoming Tenten home with a personally-cooked meal, this was the one area in which she shared in Ami's natural talent). She placed the book nearby, open to the skies like the folio, where the nearby shinobi could read it without looking over her shoulder, then reached for her copy of Dauntless: The Adventures of Yukihana Kyōko. Yes, Leaf's light entertainment, too, was worlds apart from the forever-repeated traditional arts of the Isanese (though if any villager dared to lay hands on her manga, then, with apologies to the Hokage, there would be one villager less participating in the alliance).

How long before Mari's return? It had occurred to Kei, when she and Noburi had been assigned leadership of the mission instead of Mari, that technically speaking, Kei currently outranked her in every possible way. She was a chūnin in good standing while Mari was retired and thus held no formal rank (though this mission suggested that the Hokage did not intend for her skills to gather dust on a shelf forever). She was a clan consort while Mari had lost that position of authority. Her place as a Leaf citizen was validated by the blessing of the Will of Fire on her marriage, delivered before representatives of every clan in Leaf and since reaffirmed by the Hagoromo through gritted teeth, while Mari's rested on documents unseen by any save her, Jiraiya, and a handful of Tower bureaucrats. Even when it came to connections, she could not guess how many Mari had cultivated during her time in Leaf, but the total would be a single woman's work, unlikely to reach that of Kei's theoretical allies within the Ino-Shika-Chō, or their allies, or the KEI.

Was there any better representation of the injustice of the world? Kei had been handed untold influence on a plate, while nearly everything Mari had been denied was the fault of a single man, who could and should have granted her these boons, yet had abandoned both of them without ensuring that his wife would be provided for as she deserved. As Mari deserved...

Reluctantly, Kei set her manga aside with the rest, and withdrew a catalogue of beginners' training seals that she mostly carried for emergencies, to conceal books with more controversial covers. In this instance, it stated without words that Leaf's sealing library was so vast that its sealmasters casually shared seal designs even with strangers. (As a bonus, seeing the Pangolin Summoner browse a sealcrafting guide with ease should send chills down certain spines.) Then she resumed brooding, her traditional activity of choice when separated from loved ones who even now might be reviewing their feelings with the benefit of a remote perspective.

Mari. First had come absolute worship, bordering on that of Ami lost. Then love, brutal and relentless. Eventually, the familial affection of one who belonged. Then a single revelation to recontextualise everything, to learn that every gift Mari had bestowed had been no more than an effort to salvage a life she had broken with her own hands. Her place in Kei's heart had not been inherited but stolen. Mari's confession had been painted in shame and guilt, a tool for yet more self-flagellation, but no apology ever came.

And finally, a blade straight through the heart. Kei still did not understand the events of that night, neither how nor why nor even what, but with the clarity of hindsight she understood that Mari of all people could not have inflicted that by accident.

There had never been an apology for that either. Mari loved her—Mari loved them all—but she gave them happiness because it was her preference that they be happy, and on rare occasion she gave them pain because it was her preference that they be in pain, and if she apologised, it could only be because it was her preference that they forgive her. It would not occur to Mari that Kei's forgiveness was an object of value, at least until she found it served her preference for Kei's happiness or her own.

Mori Ryūgamine, perhaps the greatest man alive, wrote that the universe by its nature eternally sought balance. To be a logistician was to seek those points where this desire was only a step from fulfilment, and in fulfilling it, briefly wield the power of the universe itself. Thus, with a well-placed push, or perhaps a lever, a logistician might assist a giant hilltop boulder in finding the stability of lower ground. It would then be not the logistician's strength but the universe itself that rolled through his enemies' camp in the middle of the night.

Ami took this philosophy in a slightly different direction: "To change stuff, you have to look for the places where chaos is ready to transform into order—and the more chaos you create, the more of those there are."

Kei was no Angel Without Mercy, much less Ami. She had been wronged, grievously so, but she could not locate a single point of influence where her meagre strength could move a power on the scale of Mari. What was she supposed to do? Request an apology? Mari would certainly provide it. It would cost her nothing and further the desired goals of Kei's happiness and familial harmony. But what was the worth of an apology delivered instrumentally, a tug on the string of a puppet whose agency Mari did not believe in after all (whatever it was Mari had sought of her that night, could she not have asked?)?

Perhaps she should consult Ami. Surely she would know how to respond when someone inflicted injury without provocation, yet failed to apologise or express regret.

"I could feel every scale of my body blackening from the heat, yet I stood firm!" boomed Panjandrum. "Even if there was room to evade the terrible attack, how would the frail teammates behind me fare if I did not shield them with my mighty armour? Then, at long last, the Explosion Technique dissipated, and the diabolical Nezumin collapsed from chakra exhaustion. With the last of my strength, I lifted a claw to disembowel her—and that was when the Rat Clan's squad leader, the honourless Nezuma, leapt up from the long grass where he had been hiding all along!"

Yes, with Ami's guidance, harmony among the Gōketsu was guaranteed.

-o-​

You have received 3 + 1 = 4 XP.

-o-​

Mari's one-day survey report:

• The majority of villagers have been primed to prepare for the village to open up to the outside world. However, typical attitudes are wary and defensive rather than excited.
• There is no consensus as to which village Isan is to contact, with most common ninja prepared to leave the decision to the High Priest. The names "Cloud" and "Mist" have been floating around, but common ninja know little of these mythical places. "Leaf" was not on anyone's radar.
• Pro-alliance feelings stem from religious propaganda (it's what Ui told the High Priest to do), the younger generation's curiosity about the outside world, and fear of the missing-nin incursion (you guys) happening again on a larger scale.
• Anti-alliance feelings stem from traditionalism (Akio founded the village to get away from the corrupt outside world; we've been isolated for centuries and only prospered), scepticism of the benefits to Isan (the outside world actually is a horrible place of constant war and scarier chakra beasts), fear of being politically and/or culturally overwhelmed by foreigners, and just general fear manifested in a dozen shades of nationalism and xenophobia.

-o-​

Lack of sleep and deciding to start with Keiko's scene mean this update didn't end up covering as much ground as I hoped (but, on the other hand, got written). I'll do a Part 2 before the next voting cycle.

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting ends on Saturday 27th of February, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 416: Drop Below the Fire

A thundering roar shook the grass around them. Moments later came a second, and then a third.

The team held their collective breath, listening for another sign. Just as Hazō was starting to relax the fourth roar came, this one from much closer.

"Well," Canabisu said resignedly. "The Feline Clan certainly is a friendly bunch."

"Earth Element: Elemental Clone Technique."

The ground rumbled and rose up into a humanoid mannequin. There was a faint crack! and the outside of the mannequin flaked away, leaving a duplicate of Hazō. It stared passively at its creator.

"Take these," Hazō said, passing over a sheaf of seals and pointing towards where the roars had come from. "When I say 'execute', you are to run that way at top speed. Every ten steps you will shout 'I come in peace!' Every thirty steps, you will activate one of the storage seals and drop it. If anything attacks you, you will activate all of the Youthenizers. Execute."

The earth clone accepted the seals and followed directions, vanishing immediately into the tall grass that surrounded them.

"What's a Youthenizer, Uncle Hazō? Huh? Huh?"

"Quiet," Cangue snapped. The golden-haired dog was looking miserable; her ankle-lenth coat was soaked in mud and dirt, tangled up and snarled unlike the well-groomed beauty it had been when Hazō first met her. She had activated some sort of jutsu that was slowly running an invisible squeegee along her back. In its wake all of the blood was gone and the fur was restored to its usual appearance.

"Awww."

"It's a seal that generates a giant fireball," Hazō explained as a box full of strappy mesh cylinders fell out of a seal. "All of you, gather around. We need to get these on you." He held up one of the devices and its purpose was revealed: A muzzle that would slip over a dog's snoot and be secured with a strap over the head.

Canaut growled. "You are not putting that thing on me."

"We couldn't fight with those on," Cangue noted.

"You can get it off easily," Hazō said, impatience throbbing in his tone. "Just scratch behind your ear and the strap will come off."

"You think—"

"A moment, if you please," Canabisu said. "Hazō, explain."

"Those sound like lions. Kanaishu described them as dangerous individually and said they run in packs of dozens. We can't fight that many. The storage seals I gave the clone are full of meat. If the lions become peaceful or back off after getting it, great. Otherwise, I'm going to set this entire area on fire. That's going to suck a lot of the air away and fill what's left with soot and smoke. These masks have seals in them. Usamatsu's Glorious Life-Saving Purifier on the outside to cleanse the air around your eyes and a Tunneler's Friend on the inside that will feed you fresh air. Now stop arguing and come here." He held the first mask up towards Cangue, but the golden dog growled and backed up, head lowered and teeth showing.

"Cangue," Canabisu said. Authority crackled in his normally calm voice. "He is the chief security officer and his plan is entirely reasonable. I expect you to show the pack loyalty and discipline expected of any member of the Dog Clan. Now, we don't have a lot of time. Hazō, give me mine first so that these two can see there's nothing to be afraid of." He stepped forward and lifted his nose for easy access.

Hazō gratefully slipped the muzzle over the elder dog's nose and secured it in place. It was a poor fit and rested on his nose but it stayed.

"Hm. Not the most comfortable thing I've ever worn but not worthy of complaint either. Thank you, Hazō."

"You're welcome. Okay, I'm going to activate the seals for a moment so that you can see what it feels like. It's going to be weird, but it won't hurt you." He tapped two points and the faint hum and whoosh of the respective seals became audible.

"Gah!" Canabisu jerked away and shook his head. "Oh, my. That is an exceedingly strange feeling." He pawed at the muzzle, ducking his head as he did. It came loose with just enough effort to settle most of Hazō's nerves about the untested equipment falling off when it shouldn't.

"What?" / "What did it do?" / "What was it like, Canabisu sir?"

Canabisu shook his head and snotted. "The seal on the front blows straight up your nose. It's not worse than a strong wind but you can't duck your head away from it either. Hazō, I had no objection to wearing it but perhaps we can wait until it's actually necessary before turning the wind on?"

"Of course," Hazō said, picking up the muzzle and deactivating the seals before helping Canabisu put it back on. "Now, there's one more thing." He produced a pair of seal-equipped wooden clothespins and slipped them over the strap so they were under Canabisu's ears. "These seals are called Banshee Slayers. They reduce sound in the area immediately around the seal so that you aren't deafened by loud noises."

"It's a cool idea but it's probably not good against the lions' roar," Canabisu said. "According to Kanaishu that is a sonic attack reinforced with chakra. It will cause physical damage, not merely deafen us."

"I'm not worried about them," Hazō said grimly. "I've got another couple of seal types, the Banshees and Banshee Fuckers. Banshees are so loud they feel like your head is exploding from the inside. Banshee Fuckers are louder than that. So loud that they will physically harm you if they're set off in contact with your body. People on the Seventh Path seem to have better hearing than humans do, and I'm not okay with being at a disadvantage like that. If those lions attack us I'm going to start throwing Banshees everywhere. I expect the lions will run if we do that, but if you guys don't have your Slayers activated then the Banshees would have the same effect on you. And yes, I'm going to be wearing them too." His wouldn't be active, because he needed to be listening for ambush, but it didn't seem politic to mention that. "Okay, I'm going to turn these on so that you can feel what it's like. I'll keep talking so that you can tell the difference because otherwise it could be a surprise so I'll just keep talking along like this so that you can tell...and now I've turned them off. "

"Hm...That is actually a major bummer," Canabisu said. "Still, you're the chief security officer and you make valid points. Do they need to be on immediately?"

"I'm afraid so. I'm not going to have time to activate a seal on each of you once we are actually in the middle of a fight. The others can be done in a few seconds after the fires are set but I need to be able to use the Banshees right away. Okay, let's get everyone else outfitted and get moving." He glanced around at the tall grass and the threats it might enshroud. "I want all of you to stay as close to me as possible. Within my reach. If I can't touch you, you're too far away. Stay tight and do not range out."

With much protesting and grumbling, the other three dogs accepted their muzzles, Hazō equipped his own mask, and the team started jogging forward.

o-o-o-o​

Jogging at ninja speed with the poorly-fitting wooden masks started off uncomfortable and rapidly turned into misery. The rims were padded with fleece but it wasn't thick enough and soon the entire group had blisters wearing into their cheeks. Cantelabra whined, Cangue complained, and Canaut grumbled quietly. All of them fell silent when Canabisu cleared his throat. Granted, they started again ten minutes later.

The team had been jogging fast for thirty minutes when Canabisu started to flag. He struggled on, doing his best not to slow the group down, but he simply didn't have the physical or chakra reserves necessary to keep up with his younger teammates while moving at speed over long distances. Hazō kept an eye on his team leader but eventually there was no choice but to slow down and stop.

It was at that moment, when the group was tired and griping with discomfort, when the lions pounced.

The dogs are all wearing earmuff seals that cut their Alertness (and therefore their initiative) a lot.

Initiative:
Young adult lion #1: ?
Young adult lion #2: ?
Young adult lion #3: ?
Young adult lion #4: ?
Hazō: 33
Cangue: ?
Canaut: ?
Young adult lion #5: ?
Young adult lion #6: ?
Canabisu: ?
Cantelabra: Yeah, he's here too.

Hazō, Athletics (Block), tag "Ready and Waiting", invoke "(Formerly) Marked for Death", invoke "Lists and Plans" + dice: 55

Ordinarily Hazō would be moving too slow and this fight would be mostly over before he got to do anything. Sadly (for the lions), Hazō has been maintaining a Block against anything attacking his group and he won the roll. They are now officially having a bad day.


The lions of the Seventh Path's Feline Clan were larger, faster, and more powerful than any chakra beast that Hazō had ever faced. They had been pacing the group for miles, their innate jutsu allowing them to pass effortlessly through the tall grass without so much as rustling a stalk. They had made only one mistake: They underestimated their opponents.

The Bloody Jaws Pride were the unquestioned masters of the hundreds of square miles of tall-grass prairie that they claimed as their home. Nothing moved on their land without paying tribute in blood or treasure and a polite request for permission in advance. They had decimated thrice over the massive herds of wildebeest with their mighty horns and crushing hooves. They had driven off the lesser tribes of Cat-kind barring the ones they permitted residence in order to do the work of cleaning up carcasses that the pride was done with and didn't want to have to smell rotting in the sun.

The lack of challenge had only one drawback: It made it difficult to train the next generation. There were no major threats remaining on whom young lions could realistically practice their stalking and killing. The elders of the pride had felt that a tiny group of outClan so stupid that they didn't reach out before entering the territory would make a good training exercise for obstreperous young teenagers who were a little too full of themselves. They were wrong.

The grass had barely parted and the lions didn't have all four feet in the air before Hazō tapped the Banshee Slayer seal clipped to his hair and triggered the Banshee Fucker that he'd been carrying in his left hand for the last three miles. He tossed the seal to the ground in front of himself and flicked through handseals.

"Earth Element: Tunnel Excavation Technique!"

Every time any of the dogs had moved more than an arm's length from Hazō he had called them back. As such, they were all within the area of the jutsu when the hole opened under their feet and dropped them into the ground with a trio of surprised yelps and one excited "Wheeeee!"

The Banshee Fucker went off when the lions were in mid-air. They shrieked in pain and all six landed in disarray, falling to the ground and thrashing back and forth as the sound physically pummeled them until blood flowed from their ears.

"Fire above the hole! Earth Element: Multiple Earth Wall Technique!"

A seal arced up out of the vertical tunnel into which Hazō had dropped the team. It hadn't reached the apex of its arc when a granite wall sprung across the hole, sealing it shut before the world above became fire.

Hazō tapped a Jiraiya's Awesome Daybright Lantern Seal and light bloomed in the tunnel.

"Could everyone please get off of me?" Canabisu grunted from the bottom of the pile of dogs. "Cangue, there was a time when I would have adored the idea of having such a lovely lady atop me, but I'm rather past that."

"Earth Element: Tunnel Excavation Technique." A horizontal shaft branched off from the hole, opening up space for everyone to sort themselves out.

"That was cool! Can we do it again? Please please pretty please with fish guts on top?"

"Hush, pup," Canaut grunted, moving into the new tunnel so that he could get away from the others. He moved a little farther down to make room for Cangue. Hazō couldn't help but notice that Canaut was trying to conceal the fact that he was keeping his weight off his right front paw.

"You were right about how loud that is," Canabisu said. All of the dogs had already swiped their muzzles off and Canabisu had his head cocked. "How thick is that stone?"

Hazō glanced up reflexively. "About eight inches."

Canabisu winced. "That has to hurt."

"By now they should be bleeding from their ears. If they don't get away from the seal they'll be deaf in a minute. Give it a couple more minutes and their brains might liquefy."

Heads cocked in surprise.

"I thought it was just to deafen them?" Canaut said.

"It may damage our ability to..." Canabisu trailed off.

Hazō raised an eyebrow. "They attacked us. They can get fucked." He snorted. "Besides, I don't think the noise is their problem. The Youthenizer that I tossed up there just went off. The lions are currently burning to death and a few minutes from now so will everything within half a mile. In five minutes you're all going to put your masks back on and we're going to go up there and follow the perimeter of the fire as it spreads across the plains. I'm periodically going to throw more of those things around until everything within fifty miles is a howling inferno. We tried to play nice. We didn't start anything with the lynxes, but we finished it. The lions came for us, I sent them a tribute of meat and a declaration of peace. They attacked anyway.

"We tried to do peace, they wanted war. Fine. Now they get to learn how Team Uplift rolls."





This update covered a couple hours, tops.

XP AWARD: 2

Brevity XP: 1

"GM had fun" XP: 2


It is now about 1pm.

Vote time! What to do now?

Voting ends on Wednesday, March 3, 2021, at 12pm London time.
 
Last edited:
Chapter 415, Part 2: Axing the Wrong Questions

It should have been the day Noburi had been waiting for. Finally, finally he was in charge of something important (and even if he had to share that authority with Keiko, they all knew how that would work in practice). It wasn't that Hazō was a bad clan head, all things considered. Sure, half his decisions didn't make sense and the other half did only in that signature batshit crazy Hazō way, but with the world suddenly turned upside down and Jiraiya no longer there to save the day, Hazō's ambition and drive were what had saved them from being booted out of the big leagues. Noburi could have preserved the clan, but he probably couldn't have turned it into the topsy-turvy powerhouse it had become over the course of a single year.

But for all that, there was only so long a man could spend standing in his siblings' shadows. Hazō had rulership and fingers in a dozen pies. Keiko had subordinates, minions, allies, and worshippers. Akane had being Akane. Haru… there was nothing satisfying about being superior to Haru. And, of course, all of them were gods in the making while his unique selling point, his chakra reserves, was about to be made obsolete. So when the Hokage decided that there was one thing Noburi could do better than any of them, it was like a parched man being given pure spring water.

And yet, now that he was here in Isan, taking centre stage, all he was feeling was bitter. He was a leader, not a show-off, and a leader knew when to use his power to delegate. He'd delegated this moment of triumph to Yuno, who'd left a pariah and come back wearing a mantle of power and bearing foreign wisdom beyond anything the Isanese had ever known.

The Isanese didn't care.

They ignored the cursed child, who'd had the gall to return right when they finally thought they were rid of her. Worse, she'd come with foreigners at her back, and at a time when Isan was celebrating the things that made it unique and special. They had a much better target ready for their attention—the dubious and probably treacherous foreigner who was nevertheless a summoner, a medic-nin, and possessor of a natural charm that Yuno's often-disturbing earnestness couldn't hope to compete with.

Noburi had the attention of girls, with Yuno's limited permission, and he couldn't even enjoy it.

"They have a 'hospital'," Yuno tried, "a place as big as a clan estate, but every ninja in it is a master of medical ninjutsu. If you get hurt or sick, you can go there and they will heal you the same day. The woman in charge is a living legend, an asu—"

"Say," said the sexiest and most obnoxious of the girls, "do you think you could show us some medical ninjutsu, Master Toad Summoner? I scraped my knee during practice just this morning." She pointedly rolled up a trouser leg.

Noburi sensed a spike of killing intent from Yuno; not that he needed a reminder of the obvious trap. Of course a married man wouldn't lay hands on a woman's knee in front of his wife. That would be a vile insult to Yuno and/or proof that he was an ignorant foreigner with no respect for Isan's public mores. He'd already had half a dozen such tests (that he'd noticed), leaving him to wonder just how much of his audience was genuinely curious and how much was here on missions from powers unknown.

"It's against the medic-nin code to use chakra on minor injuries when it might be needed at any moment for something more serious," Noburi said smoothly. "After all, imagine if your next training accident involved an axe and it turned out I didn't have the chakra to save you before you bled out."

Next to him, Yuno gave a happy smile.

"Excuse me," the girl said. "I've just remembered I need to gather fruit for tonight's ceremony."

"Why don't we go together?" Yuno asked innocently. "You wouldn't want to be alone in the forest when a predator turned up."

"I'llbefinethankyoufortheoffergoodbye!"

"As I was saying," Yuno said, "the woman in charge of the hospital is one of the legendary Leaf Three, and she makes sure they heal everyone. It's said that when one of their healers refused to treat a man he hated, she took a speculum and…"

-o-​

After a reasonably productive first day, you have received an invitation to a banquet at the High Priest's home at the Azai estate, to take place tomorrow evening. Or rather, the Pangolin Summoner has received an invitation. You do not know who else is coming, and Mari is positive that this will be a test or series of tests, with the High Priest judging Leaf's resourcefulness and perhaps looking for an excuse to kick you out without bloodshed (or, indeed, looking for an excuse for bloodshed).

What do you do?
 
Interlude: One Final Lesson
Interlude: One Final Lesson

September 30, 1069 AS.

To Akane, Hazō's words had always had a weight to them that he didn't understand. Ever since their first meeting, when as Nishino-sensei he had shown a mastery of Youth apparently half by accident, Hazō had somehow always managed to say the right thing at the right time, and then keep going as if it didn't matter. Now, he'd done it again. Back in the rooftop garden, amidst the monstrosities she had lovingly cultivated, he'd told her she was capable of finding her own answers, in defiance of all the evidence. It had been a push in exactly the right direction at exactly the right time. And as for where it had pushed her…

"Ishihara. I wondered when you'd come to gloat."

Mizuki-sensei, Mizuki, was a shadow of the man she remembered, even more pitiful awake than the ghost of a man she'd seen sleeping on the cotton-covered wooden slab the prison's designers considered to be a bed. His eyes were bloodshot. His bound hands (a matter of protocol even though he was a thrown weapons instructor with no ninjutsu she'd ever heard of) trembled slightly, betraying his seeming composure. His lips were twisted in a grimace that seemed to combine disgust at her and pity for himself.

"You know I wouldn't do that," Akane said softly.

"No," Mizuki acknowledged, "I suppose you're not the type. So what do you want? I already told our brave heroes at T&I everything I know. Are you here for a last-minute apology? Hoping I'll repent at the last second before they cart me off to face justice?"

He gave a bitter laugh. "I regret nothing except getting caught."

What did she want? Despite her best efforts, Akane couldn't come up with the kind of question that would get her the answers she wanted, or even what kind of answers they were. She still intended to find them.

"How did it come to this?" she finally asked Mizuki. "How could a teacher, someone responsible for keeping children safe, ever think of doing what you did?"

"Keeping children safe?" Mizuki asked incredulously. "Is that what you think teachers are for? You really haven't changed, Ishihara."

"Gōketsu."

Mizuki shrugged.

"I didn't even ask to be a teacher. Do you know how I ended up in this mess? I happened to be good with kids."

Well, yes, obviously. As a teacher, Mizuki had always been a little short-tempered, but still one of the best. He understood how children thought, and how to teach them, even better than Iruka-sensei, and he never slacked off on the job the way some of the others (in retrospect, dissatisfied with their low-paid desk jobs) seemed to. He was harsh but fair, and he'd always liked Akane.

"Do you have any idea what it's like to grow up in a family of seven? I wasn't even the oldest. But then Hina got herself killed hunting chakra leopards for a coat for some rich civilian, and Kazusa never came back from a classified mission that we never found out what it was, and guess who was stuck looking after the brats?

"Mum and Dad were busy, and then they were dead, and somehow I was supposed to find time and money for training while managing a couple of little terrors. I'd been on the Hokage track, you know."

Akane found that very hard to believe. Mizuki had been a great throwing instructor—not many people knew how to use Fūma shuriken to begin with, never mind teaching them to a child, even one as exceptional as Sasuke. But that had been all he was. His fighting skills were to Sarutobi Hiruzen's as Keiko's seduction skills were to Mari's, and after this she was going to go memorise RPG rulebooks until that image was out of her head.

Still, she wasn't going to interrupt. Mizuki was answering her question, in what looked like it would be a very roundabout way. More importantly, given what was in store for him in a matter of hours, the least she could do was give him one last chance to unburden himself.

"So when Uwaki-sensei woke up with twenty stab wounds from a jealous lover," Mizuki went on, "guess who got volunteered to take his place? Good with kids, a clanless ninja with no special skills that wouldn't be missed in the field… I never did find out whose idea it was, or I'd have made sure Uwaki-sensei wasn't lonely in the afterlife.

"I didn't hate it at first. For a job that had cost me my career and paid peanuts, it had its moments," he reflected. "But then I grew up and saw the world for what it was. Tsuchiko died. Raidō died. Year after year, most of the kids I'd taught died before they ever made chūnin, escorting civilians who were somehow worth more than trash just because they were rich, hunting monsters they had no business being anywhere near, fighting wars started by men sitting in high towers who were too important to go near a battlefield. You want to know when I realised the Will of Fire was a lie? It was when I looked at the human incarnation of wanting to protect one's comrades and saw a man who sent twelve-year-olds into the meat grinder."

There was a lot Akane could say to that, but still, she'd decided not to interrupt.

"That was the day everything clicked into perspective. There was no Will of Fire. There'd never been a Will of Fire. It had just been an excuse for Command to use us until we were used up, and make sure we didn't answer back. So when the Seekers found me—I never asked how; they're not people you ask too many questions—I took my chance to move to the side that did the using.

"Obviously," he indicated the cell around him with a nod, "that didn't work out so great."

"Was that when you decided to use me?" Akane asked, voice calm and controlled.

"It wasn't Plan A," Mizuki said. "I'm not a moron. But Plan A was a bust, and the Seekers aren't big on second chances, and all I did was speed up your schedule a little. I've seen naïve clanless kids like you die by the dozen within their first year, and you were oblivious even by their standards. Then you screwed up, which was predictable, and didn't get killed, which wasn't, and the rest is history.

"And that's my life story, Ishihara. You can fuck off now."

"Gōketsu."

Mizuki really was pathetic, Akane decided. It wasn't that his life had been without hardship, but at every stage he'd chosen to blame someone else for his fate. At every stage, he'd chosen to blame someone else for his perspective. And, above all, he'd committed the cardinal sin: he'd stopped believing. Had it ever occurred to him that the would-be Hokage had a responsibility to change the world rather than just complain about it?

What a staggeringly arrogant thing to think. How many times had Akane been rescued from the consequences of her mistakes? Her parents, Rock Lee, Hazō, Team Uplift, Yakushi-sensei… Take one person out of the chain, and right now she would be helpless or dead. What right did she have to judge Mizuki, who, at every point in his fall, could have been saved if someone had just reached out to him like all those people had reached out to her? And what right did she have to condemn him for giving up in the face of injustice when her own philosophy and ambition had been given to her as gifts when she needed them most?

"Time's up, Lady Gōketsu," one of the escorts told her. "If you want to watch this piece of filth face the consequences of his actions, you'd better hurry to find a good spot."

Akane nodded. There was probably something she was supposed to say, and this would be her only chance. What was the right way to put an end to their relationship? Was it to tell him he was wrong about the world? To tell him that she was going to fix it? To thank him for making her, in a perverse way, the person she was now, or to take another stab at forgiveness?

"Goodbye, Mizuki-sensei," she said. "May the Will of Fire judge you fairly." It was, in the end, more than she could hope to do herself.

"Ishihara," he called out as she turned to leave. "You survived, against all odds. Don't waste it. Learn to be one of the people who uses instead of being used."

She hadn't found the answers she'd been looking for. Maybe this had been the wrong place to look. But she had found something. With this, Mizuki was just a man. He was no longer the teacher who'd betrayed her, and she was no longer the pupil who had been betrayed.

"Gōketsu," Akane said. "It makes all the difference."

-o-​

What do you do?

Voting closes on Saturday 6th of March, 1 p.m. New York time.
 
Back
Top